Merge branch 'embassy-rs:main' into main

Fix chips with multiple ADC_COMMONs.

d

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ set -e
 cd $(dirname $0)
 
 CMD=$1
-REV=74b97817d4c4ed0db9d19a8eac46720b3c5b0d57
+REV=709c1060ac2ec57f6042f2b4eb9cf8c1821a6c57
 shift
 
 case "$CMD" in

d.ps1

@@ -6,13 +6,15 @@ param (
     [string]$peri
 )
 
+$REV="74b97817d4c4ed0db9d19a8eac46720b3c5b0d57"
+
 Switch ($CMD)
 {
     "download-all" {
         rm -r -Force ./sources/ -ErrorAction SilentlyContinue
         git clone https://github.com/embassy-rs/stm32-data-sources.git ./sources/
         cd ./sources/
-        git checkout a2062c088cf299bd3dc5128eeaa96e07fff2087c
+        git checkout $REV
         cd ..
     }
     "install-chiptool" {

data/dmamux/H7RS_GPDMA.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+ADC1: 0
+ADC2: 1
+CRYP_IN: 2
+CRYP_OUT: 3
+SAES_OUT: 4
+SAES_IN: 5
+HASH: 6
+TIM1_CC: 7
+TIM1_CC: 8
+TIM1_CC: 9
+TIM1_CC: 10
+TIM1_UP: 11
+TIM1_TRG: 12
+TIM1_COM: 13
+TIM2_CC: 14
+TIM2_CC: 15
+TIM2_CC: 16
+TIM2_CC: 17
+TIM2_UP: 18
+TIM2_TRG: 19
+TIM3_CC: 20
+TIM3_CC: 21
+TIM3_CC: 22
+TIM3_CC: 23
+TIM3_UP: 24
+TIM3_TRG: 25
+TIM4_CC: 26
+TIM4_CC: 27
+TIM4_CC: 28
+TIM4_CC: 29
+TIM4_UP: 30
+TIM4_TRG: 31
+TIM5_CC: 32
+TIM5_CC: 33
+TIM5_CC: 34
+TIM5_CC: 35
+TIM5_UP: 36
+TIM5_TRG: 37
+TIM6_UP: 38
+TIM7_UP: 39
+TIM15_CC: 40
+TIM15_CC: 41
+TIM15_UP: 42
+TIM15_TRG: 43
+TIM15_COM: 44
+TIM16_CC: 45
+TIM16_UP: 46
+TIM16_COM: 47
+TIM17_CC: 48
+TIM17_UP: 49
+TIM17_COM: 50
+SPI1_RX: 51
+SPI1_TX: 52
+SPI2_RX: 53
+SPI2_TX: 54
+SPI3_RX: 55
+SPI3_TX: 56
+SPI4_RX: 57
+SPI4_TX: 58
+SPI5_RX: 59
+SPI5_TX: 60
+SPI6_RX: 61
+SPI6_TX: 62
+SAI1_A: 63
+SAI1_B: 64
+SAI2_A: 65
+SAI2_B: 66
+I2C1_RX: 67
+I2C1_TX: 68
+I2C2_RX: 69
+I2C2_TX: 70
+I2C3_RX: 71
+I2C3_TX: 72
+USART1_RX: 73
+USART1_TX: 74
+USART2_RX: 75
+USART2_TX: 76
+USART3_RX: 77
+USART3_TX: 78
+UART4_RX: 79
+UART4_TX: 80
+UART5_RX: 81
+UART5_TX: 82
+UART7_RX: 83
+UART7_TX: 84
+UART8_RX: 85
+UART8_TX: 86
+CORDIC_READ: 87
+CORDIC_WRITE: 88
+LPTIM1_IC1: 89
+LPTIM1_IC2: 90
+LPTIM1_UE: 91
+LPTIM2_IC1: 92
+LPTIM2_IC2: 93
+LPTIM2_UE: 94
+SPDIFRX_DAT: 95
+SPDIFRX_CTRL: 96
+ADF1_FLT0: 97
+UCPD_TX: 98
+UCPD_RX: 99
+PSSI: 100
+LPUART1_RX: 101
+LPUART1_TX: 102
+LPTIM3_IC1: 103
+LPTIM3_IC2: 104
+LPTIM3_UE: 105
+I3C1_RX: 106
+I3C1_TX: 107
+I3C1_TC: 108
+I3C1_RS: 109

data/dmamux/H7RS_HPDMA.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+JPEG_RX: 0
+JPEG_TX: 1
+XSPI1_RX: 2
+XSPI2_RX: 3
+SPI3_RX: 4
+SPI3_TX: 5
+SPI4_RX: 6
+SPI4_TX: 7
+ADC1: 8
+ADC2: 9
+ADF1_FLT0: 10
+UART4_RX: 11
+UART4_TX: 12
+UART5_RX: 13
+UART5_TX: 14
+UART7_RX: 15
+UART7_TX: 16
+LPTIM2_IC1: 17
+LPTIM2_IC2: 18
+LPTIM2_UE: 19

data/dmamux/U5_LPDMA.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+LPUART1_RX: 0
+LPUART1_TX: 1
+SPI3_RX: 2
+SPI3_TX: 3
+I2C3_RX: 4
+I2C3_TX: 5
+I2C3_EVC: 6
+ADC4: 7
+DAC1_CH1: 8
+DAC1_CH2: 9
+ADF1_FLT0: 10
+LPTIM1_IC1: 11
+LPTIM1_IC2: 12
+LPTIM1_UE: 13
+LPTIM3_IC1: 14
+LPTIM3_IC2: 15
+LPTIM3_UE: 16

data/registers/adc_g4.yaml

@@ -129,16 +129,16 @@ fieldset/CALFACT:
 fieldset/CFGR:
   description: configuration register 1
   fields:
-  - name: DMAEN
-    description: Direct memory access enable
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    enum: DMAEN
   - name: DMACFG
     description: direct memory access configuration
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
     enum: DMACFG
+  - name: DMAEN
+    description: Direct memory access enable
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: DMAEN
   - name: RES
     description: data resolution
     bit_offset: 3
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ fieldset/CFGR:
     bit_size: 1
     enum: OVRMOD
   - name: CONT
-    description:  single / continuous conversion mode for regular conversions
+    description: single / continuous conversion mode for regular conversions
     bit_offset: 13
     bit_size: 1
   - name: AUTDLY
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ fieldset/CFGR:
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
   - name: DISCEN
-    description:  discontinuous mode for regular channels
+    description: discontinuous mode for regular channels
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
   - name: DISCNUM
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ fieldset/CFGR:
     bit_size: 1
     enum: JQM
   - name: AWD1SGL
-    description:  enable the watchdog 1 on a single channel or on all channels
+    description: enable the watchdog 1 on a single channel or on all channels
     bit_offset: 22
     bit_size: 1
     enum: AWD1SGL
@@ -321,6 +321,13 @@ fieldset/DR:
     description: group regular conversion data
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 16
+fieldset/GCOMP:
+  description: Gain compensation coefficient
+  fields:
+  - name: GCOMPCOEFF
+    description: Gain compensation coefficient
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 14
 fieldset/IER:
   description: interrupt enable register
   fields:
@@ -445,43 +452,6 @@ fieldset/JSQR:
     array:
       len: 4
       stride: 6
-fieldset/TR1:
-  description: analog watchdog threshold register 1
-  fields:
-  - name: LT1
-    description: analog watchdog 1 lower threshold
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 12
-  - name: AWDFILT
-    description: analog watchdog filtering parameter
-    bit_offset: 12
-    bit_size: 3
-  - name: HT1
-    description: analog watchdog 1 higher threshold
-    bit_offset: 16
-    bit_size: 12
-fieldset/TR2:
-  description: analog watchdog threshold register 2
-  fields:
-  - name: LT2
-    description: analog watchdog 2 lower threshold
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 8
-  - name: HT2
-    description: analog watchdog 2 higher threshold
-    bit_offset: 16
-    bit_size: 8
-fieldset/TR3:
-  description: analog watchdog threshold register 3
-  fields:
-  - name: LT3
-    description: analog watchdog 3 lower threshold
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 8
-  - name: HT3
-    description: analog watchdog 3 higher threshold
-    bit_offset: 16
-    bit_size: 8
 fieldset/OFR:
   description: offset number x register
   fields:
@@ -575,13 +545,43 @@ fieldset/SQR4:
     array:
       len: 2
       stride: 6
-fieldset/GCOMP:
-  description: Gain compensation coefficient
+fieldset/TR1:
+  description: analog watchdog threshold register 1
   fields:
-  - name: GCOMPCOEFF
-    description:  Gain compensation coefficient
+  - name: LT1
+    description: analog watchdog 1 lower threshold
     bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 14
+    bit_size: 12
+  - name: AWDFILT
+    description: analog watchdog filtering parameter
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: HT1
+    description: analog watchdog 1 higher threshold
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 12
+fieldset/TR2:
+  description: analog watchdog threshold register 2
+  fields:
+  - name: LT2
+    description: analog watchdog 2 lower threshold
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: HT2
+    description: analog watchdog 2 higher threshold
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 8
+fieldset/TR3:
+  description: analog watchdog threshold register 3
+  fields:
+  - name: LT3
+    description: analog watchdog 3 lower threshold
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: HT3
+    description: analog watchdog 3 higher threshold
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 8
 enum/ADCALDIF:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
@@ -615,15 +615,6 @@ enum/DIFSEL:
   - name: Differential
     description: Input channel is configured in differential mode
     value: 1
-enum/DMAEN:
-  bit_size: 1
-  variants:
-  - name: Disable
-    description: DMA disable
-    value: 0
-  - name: Enable
-    description: DMA enable 
-    value: 1
 enum/DMACFG:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
@@ -633,6 +624,15 @@ enum/DMACFG:
   - name: CircularMode
     description: DMA Circular mode selected
     value: 1
+enum/DMAEN:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Disable
+    description: DMA disable
+    value: 0
+  - name: Enable
+    description: DMA enable
+    value: 1
 enum/EXTEN:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:

data/registers/adc_u0.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,460 @@
+block/ADC:
+  description: Analog to Digital Converter
+  items:
+  - name: ISR
+    description: ADC interrupt and status register
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: ISR
+  - name: IER
+    description: ADC interrupt enable register
+    byte_offset: 4
+    fieldset: IER
+  - name: CR
+    description: ADC control register
+    byte_offset: 8
+    fieldset: CR
+  - name: CFGR1
+    description: ADC configuration register 1
+    byte_offset: 12
+    fieldset: CFGR1
+  - name: CFGR2
+    description: ADC configuration register 2
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: CFGR2
+  - name: SMPR
+    description: ADC sampling time register
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: SMPR
+  - name: AWD1TR
+    description: watchdog threshold register
+    byte_offset: 32
+    fieldset: AWD1TR
+  - name: AWD2TR
+    description: watchdog threshold register
+    byte_offset: 36
+    fieldset: AWD2TR
+  - name: CHSELR
+    description: channel selection register
+    byte_offset: 40
+    fieldset: CHSELR
+  - name: CHSELR_1
+    description: channel selection register CHSELRMOD = 1 in ADC_CFGR1
+    byte_offset: 40
+    fieldset: CHSELR_1
+  - name: AWD3TR
+    description: watchdog threshold register
+    byte_offset: 44
+    fieldset: AWD3TR
+  - name: DR
+    description: ADC group regular conversion data register
+    byte_offset: 64
+    access: Read
+    fieldset: DR
+  - name: AWD2CR
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 2 configuration register
+    byte_offset: 160
+    fieldset: AWD2CR
+  - name: AWD3CR
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 3 configuration register
+    byte_offset: 164
+    fieldset: AWD3CR
+  - name: CALFACT
+    description: ADC calibration factors register
+    byte_offset: 180
+    fieldset: CALFACT
+  - name: CCR
+    description: ADC common control register
+    byte_offset: 776
+    fieldset: CCR
+fieldset/AWD1TR:
+  description: watchdog threshold register
+  fields:
+  - name: LT1
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 1 threshold low
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 12
+  - name: HT1
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 1 threshold high
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 12
+fieldset/AWD2CR:
+  description: ADC analog watchdog 2 configuration register
+  fields:
+  - name: AWD2CH
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 2 monitored channel selection
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 19
+fieldset/AWD2TR:
+  description: watchdog threshold register
+  fields:
+  - name: LT2
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 2 threshold low
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 12
+  - name: HT2
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 2 threshold high
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 12
+fieldset/AWD3CR:
+  description: ADC analog watchdog 3 configuration register
+  fields:
+  - name: AWD3CH
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 3 monitored channel selection
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 19
+fieldset/AWD3TR:
+  description: watchdog threshold register
+  fields:
+  - name: LT3
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 3 threshold high
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 12
+  - name: HT3
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 3 threshold high
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 12
+fieldset/CALFACT:
+  description: ADC calibration factors register
+  fields:
+  - name: CALFACT
+    description: ADC calibration factor in single-ended mode
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 7
+fieldset/CCR:
+  description: ADC common control register
+  fields:
+  - name: PRESC
+    description: ADC prescaler
+    bit_offset: 18
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: VREFEN
+    description: VREFINT enable
+    bit_offset: 22
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TSEN
+    description: Temperature sensor enable
+    bit_offset: 23
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: VBATEN
+    description: VBAT enable
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CFGR1:
+  description: ADC configuration register 1
+  fields:
+  - name: DMAEN
+    description: ADC DMA transfer enable
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DMACFG
+    description: ADC DMA transfer configuration
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SCANDIR
+    description: Scan sequence direction
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RES
+    description: ADC data resolution
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: RES
+  - name: ALIGN
+    description: ADC data alignement
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTSEL
+    description: ADC group regular external trigger source
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: EXTEN
+    description: ADC group regular external trigger polarity
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 2
+  - name: OVRMOD
+    description: ADC group regular overrun configuration
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CONT
+    description: ADC group regular continuous conversion mode
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WAIT
+    description: Wait conversion mode
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: AUTOFF
+    description: Auto-off mode
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DISCEN
+    description: ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CHSELRMOD
+    description: Mode selection of the ADC_CHSELR register
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: AWD1SGL
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 1 monitoring a single channel or all channels
+    bit_offset: 22
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: AWD1EN
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 1 enable on scope ADC group regular
+    bit_offset: 23
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: AWDCH1CH
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 1 monitored channel selection
+    bit_offset: 26
+    bit_size: 5
+fieldset/CFGR2:
+  description: ADC configuration register 2
+  fields:
+  - name: OVSE
+    description: ADC oversampler enable on scope ADC group regular
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OVSR
+    description: ADC oversampling ratio
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: OVSS
+    description: ADC oversampling shift
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: TOVS
+    description: ADC oversampling discontinuous mode (triggered mode) for ADC group regular
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: LFTRIG
+    description: Low frequency trigger mode enable
+    bit_offset: 29
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CKMODE
+    description: ADC clock mode
+    bit_offset: 30
+    bit_size: 2
+fieldset/CHSELR:
+  description: channel selection register
+  fields:
+  - name: CHSEL
+    description: Channel-x selection
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 19
+fieldset/CHSELR_1:
+  description: channel selection register CHSELRMOD = 1 in ADC_CFGR1
+  fields:
+  - name: SQ1
+    description: conversion of the sequence
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: SQ2
+    description: conversion of the sequence
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: SQ3
+    description: conversion of the sequence
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: SQ4
+    description: conversion of the sequence
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: SQ5
+    description: conversion of the sequence
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: SQ6
+    description: conversion of the sequence
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: SQ7
+    description: conversion of the sequence
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: SQ8
+    description: conversion of the sequence
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 4
+fieldset/CR:
+  description: ADC control register
+  fields:
+  - name: ADEN
+    description: ADC enable
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ADDIS
+    description: ADC disable
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ADSTART
+    description: ADC group regular conversion start
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ADSTP
+    description: ADC group regular conversion stop
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ADVREGEN
+    description: ADC voltage regulator enable
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ADCAL
+    description: ADC calibration
+    bit_offset: 31
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/DR:
+  description: ADC group regular conversion data register
+  fields:
+  - name: regularDATA
+    description: ADC group regular conversion data
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/IER:
+  description: ADC interrupt enable register
+  fields:
+  - name: ADRDYIE
+    description: ADC ready interrupt
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EOSMPIE
+    description: ADC group regular end of sampling interrupt
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EOCIE
+    description: ADC group regular end of unitary conversion interrupt
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EOSIE
+    description: ADC group regular end of sequence conversions interrupt
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OVRIE
+    description: ADC group regular overrun interrupt
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: AWD1IE
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 1 interrupt
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: AWD2IE
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 2 interrupt
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: AWD3IE
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 3 interrupt
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EOCALIE
+    description: End of calibration interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 11
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CCRDYIE
+    description: Channel Configuration Ready Interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ISR:
+  description: ADC interrupt and status register
+  fields:
+  - name: ADRDY
+    description: ADC ready flag
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EOSMP
+    description: ADC group regular end of sampling flag
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EOC
+    description: ADC group regular end of unitary conversion flag
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EOS
+    description: ADC group regular end of sequence conversions flag
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OVR
+    description: ADC group regular overrun flag
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: AWD1
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 1 flag
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: AWD2
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 2 flag
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: AWD3
+    description: ADC analog watchdog 3 flag
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EOCAL
+    description: End Of Calibration flag
+    bit_offset: 11
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CCRDY
+    description: Channel Configuration Ready flag
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/SMPR:
+  description: ADC sampling time register
+  fields:
+  - name: SMP1
+    description: Sampling time selection
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 3
+    enum: SAMPLE_TIME
+  - name: SMP2
+    description: Sampling time selection
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 3
+    enum: SAMPLE_TIME
+  - name: SMPSEL
+    description: Channel sampling time selection
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 19
+      stride: 0
+enum/RES:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Bits12
+    description: 12-bit resolution
+    value: 0
+  - name: Bits10
+    description: 10-bit resolution
+    value: 1
+  - name: Bits8
+    description: 8-bit resolution
+    value: 2
+  - name: Bits6
+    description: 6-bit resolution
+    value: 3
+enum/SAMPLE_TIME:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: Cycles1_5
+    description: 1.5 ADC cycles
+    value: 0
+  - name: Cycles3_5
+    description: 3.5 ADC cycles
+    value: 1
+  - name: Cycles7_5
+    description: 7.5 ADC cycles
+    value: 2
+  - name: Cycles12_5
+    description: 12.5 ADC cycles
+    value: 3
+  - name: Cycles19_5
+    description: 19.5 ADC cycles
+    value: 4
+  - name: Cycles39_5
+    description: 39.5 ADC cycles
+    value: 5
+  - name: Cycles79_5
+    description: 79.5 ADC cycles
+    value: 6
+  - name: Cycles160_5
+    description: 160.5 ADC cycles
+    value: 7

data/registers/comp_u0.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+block/COMP:
+  description: Comparator.
+  items:
+  - name: CSR
+    description: Comparator control and status register.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: CSR
+fieldset/CSR:
+  description: control and status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: EN
+    description: Enable
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: INMSEL
+    description: Input minus selection bits.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: INPSEL
+    description: Input plus selection bit.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: WINMODE
+    description: Comparator 1 noninverting input selector for window mode.
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: WINMODE
+  - name: WINOUT
+    description: Comparator 1 output selector.
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: WINOUT
+  - name: POLARITY
+    description: Polarity selection bit.
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: POLARITY
+  - name: HYST
+    description: Hysteresis selection bits.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: HYST
+  - name: PWRMODE
+    description: Power Mode.
+    bit_offset: 18
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: PWRMODE
+  - name: BLANKSEL
+    description: Blanking source selection bits.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 5
+    enum: BLANKING
+  - name: BRGEN
+    description: Scaler bridge enable.
+    bit_offset: 22
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: VALUE
+    description: Output status bit.
+    bit_offset: 30
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: LOCK
+    description: Register lock bit.
+    bit_offset: 31
+    bit_size: 1
+enum/BLANKING:
+  bit_size: 5
+  variants:
+  - name: NoBlanking
+    description: No blanking.
+    value: 0
+  - name: TIM1OC4
+    description: TIM1 OC4 enabled as blanking source
+    value: 1
+  - name: TIM1OC5
+    description: TIM1 OC5 enabled as blanking source
+    value: 2
+  - name: TIM2OC3
+    description: TIM5 OC3 enabled as blanking source
+    value: 4
+  - name: TIM3OC3
+    description: TIM3 OC3 enabled as blanking source
+    value: 8
+  - name: TIM15OC2
+    description: TIM15 OC2 enabled as blanking source
+    value: 16
+enum/HYST:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: None
+    value: 0
+  - name: Low
+    value: 1
+  - name: Medium
+    value: 2
+  - name: High
+    value: 3
+enum/POLARITY:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: NotInverted
+    description: Output is not inverted.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Inverted
+    description: Output is inverted.
+    value: 1
+enum/PWRMODE:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: HighSpeed
+    description: High speed / full power.
+    value: 0
+  - name: MediumSpeed
+    description: Medium speed / medium power.
+    value: 1
+  - name: LowSpeed
+    description: Low speed / low power.
+    value: 2
+  - name: VeryLowSpeed
+    description: Very-low speed / ultra-low power.
+    value: 3
+enum/WINMODE:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: ThisInpsel
+    description: Signal selected with INPSEL[2:0] bitfield of this register.
+    value: 0
+  - name: OtherInpsel
+    description: Signal selected with INPSEL[2:0] bitfield of the other register (required for window mode).
+    value: 1
+enum/WINOUT:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: COMP1_VALUE
+    description: Comparator 1 value.
+    value: 0
+  - name: COMP1_VALUE XOR COMP2_VALUE
+    description: Comparator 1 value XOR comparator 2 value (required for window mode).
+    value: 1

data/registers/crc_v2.yaml

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 block/CRC:
   description: Cyclic Redundancy Check calculation unit
   items:
-  - name: DR32
-    description: Data register
-    byte_offset: 0
   - name: DR16
     description: Data register - half-word sized
     byte_offset: 0
     bit_size: 16
+  - name: DR32
+    description: Data register
+    byte_offset: 0
   - name: DR8
     description: Data register - byte sized
     byte_offset: 0

data/registers/crc_v3.yaml

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 block/CRC:
   description: Cyclic Redundancy Check calculation unit
   items:
-  - name: DR32
-    description: Data register
-    byte_offset: 0
   - name: DR16
     description: Data register - half-word sized
     byte_offset: 0
     bit_size: 16
+  - name: DR32
+    description: Data register
+    byte_offset: 0
   - name: DR8
     description: Data register - byte sized
     byte_offset: 0

data/registers/cryp_v4.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+block/CRYP:
+  description: Cryptographic processor.
+  items:
+  - name: CR
+    description: control register.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: CR
+  - name: SR
+    description: status register.
+    byte_offset: 4
+    access: Read
+    fieldset: SR
+  - name: DIN
+    description: data input register.
+    byte_offset: 8
+  - name: DOUT
+    description: data output register.
+    byte_offset: 12
+    access: Read
+  - name: DMACR
+    description: DMA control register.
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: DMACR
+  - name: IMSCR
+    description: interrupt mask set/clear register.
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: IMSCR
+  - name: RISR
+    description: raw interrupt status register.
+    byte_offset: 24
+    access: Read
+    fieldset: RISR
+  - name: MISR
+    description: masked interrupt status register.
+    byte_offset: 28
+    access: Read
+    fieldset: MISR
+  - name: KEY
+    description: Cluster KEY%s, containing K?LR, K?RR.
+    array:
+      len: 4
+      stride: 8
+    byte_offset: 32
+    block: KEY
+  - name: INIT
+    description: Cluster INIT%s, containing IV?LR, IV?RR.
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 8
+    byte_offset: 64
+    block: INIT
+  - name: CSGCMCCMR
+    description: context swap register.
+    array:
+      len: 8
+      stride: 4
+    byte_offset: 80
+  - name: CSGCMR
+    description: context swap register.
+    array:
+      len: 8
+      stride: 4
+    byte_offset: 112
+block/INIT:
+  description: Cluster INIT%s, containing IV?LR, IV?RR.
+  items:
+  - name: IVLR
+    description: initialization vector registers.
+    byte_offset: 0
+  - name: IVRR
+    description: initialization vector registers.
+    byte_offset: 4
+block/KEY:
+  description: Cluster KEY%s, containing K?LR, K?RR.
+  items:
+  - name: KLR
+    description: key registers.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    access: Write
+  - name: KRR
+    description: key registers.
+    byte_offset: 4
+    access: Write
+fieldset/CR:
+  description: control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ALGODIR
+    description: Algorithm direction.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ALGOMODE0
+    description: Algorithm mode.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: DATATYPE
+    description: Data type selection.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 2
+  - name: KEYSIZE
+    description: Key size selection (AES mode only).
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 2
+  - name: FFLUSH
+    description: FIFO flush.
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CRYPEN
+    description: Cryptographic processor enable.
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: GCM_CCMPH
+    description: GCM_CCMPH.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 2
+  - name: ALGOMODE3
+    description: ALGOMODE.
+    bit_offset: 19
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: NPBLB
+    description: Number of Padding Bytes in Last Block of payload.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: KMOD
+    description: 'Key mode selection This bitfield defines how the CRYP key can be used by the application. KEYSIZE must be correctly initialized when setting KMOD[1:0] different from zero. Others: Reserved Attempts to write the bitfield are ignored when BUSY is set.'
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: KMOD
+  - name: IPRST
+    description: CRYP peripheral software reset Setting the bit resets the CRYP peripheral, putting all registers to their default values, except the IPRST bit itself. This bit must be kept cleared while writing any configuration registers.
+    bit_offset: 31
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/DMACR:
+  description: DMA control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: DIEN
+    description: DMA input enable.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOEN
+    description: DMA output enable.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/IMSCR:
+  description: interrupt mask set/clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: INIM
+    description: Input FIFO service interrupt mask.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OUTIM
+    description: Output FIFO service interrupt mask.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/MISR:
+  description: masked interrupt status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: INMIS
+    description: Input FIFO service masked interrupt status.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OUTMIS
+    description: Output FIFO service masked interrupt status.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/RISR:
+  description: raw interrupt status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: INRIS
+    description: Input FIFO service raw interrupt status.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OUTRIS
+    description: Output FIFO service raw interrupt status.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/SR:
+  description: status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: IFEM
+    description: Input FIFO empty.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: IFNF
+    description: Input FIFO not full.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OFNE
+    description: Output FIFO not empty.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OFFU
+    description: Output FIFO full.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: BUSY
+    description: Busy bit.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: KERF
+    description: 'Key error flag This read-only bit is set by hardware when key information failed to load into key registers. KERF is triggered upon any of the following errors: CRYP_KxR/LR register write does not respect the correct order (refer to Section 60.4.16: CRYP key registers for details). CRYP fails to load the key shared by SAES peripheral (KMOD = 0x2). KERF must be cleared by the application software, otherwise KEYVALID cannot be set. It can be done through IPRST bit of CRYP_CR, or when a correct key writing sequence starts.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: KEYVALID
+    description: 'Key valid flag This read-only bit is set by hardware when the key of size defined by KEYSIZE is loaded in CRYP_KxR/LR key registers. The CRYPEN bit can only be set when KEYVALID is set. In normal mode when KMOD[1:0] is at zero, the key must be written in the key registers in the correct sequence, otherwise the KERF flag is set and KEYVALID remains cleared. When KMOD[1:0] is different from zero, the BUSY flag is automatically set by CRYP. When the key is loaded successfully, BUSY is cleared and KEYVALID set. Upon an error, KERF is set, BUSY cleared and KEYVALID remains cleared. If set, KERF must be cleared, otherwise KEYVALID cannot be set. For further information on key loading, refer to Section 60.4.16: CRYP key registers.'
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+enum/KMOD:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Normal
+    description: Normal-key mode. Key registers are freely usable.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Shared
+    description: Shared-key mode. If shared-key mode is properly initialized in SAES peripheral, the CRYP peripheral automatically loads its key registers with the data stored in the SAES key registers. The key value is available in CRYP key registers when BUSY bit is cleared and KEYVALID is set in the CRYP_SR register. Key error flag KERF is set otherwise in the CRYP_SR register.
+    value: 2

data/registers/flash_h50.yaml

@@ -713,27 +713,6 @@ enum/OPTSR_NRST_STDBY:
   - name: B_0x1
     description: no reset generated when entering Standby mode on core domain.
     value: 1
-enum/PRODUCT_STATE:
-  bit_size: 8
-  variants:
-  - name: OPEN
-    description: Open
-    value: 0xED
-  - name: PROVISIONING
-    description: Provisioning
-    value: 0x17
-  - name: IROT_PROVISIONED
-    description: iROT-Provisioned
-    value: 0x2E
-  - name: CLOSED
-    description: Closed
-    value: 0x72
-  - name: LOCKED
-    description: Locked
-    value: 0x5C
-  - name: REGRESSION
-    description: Regression
-    value: 0x9A
 enum/OPTSR_NRST_STOP:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
@@ -770,3 +749,24 @@ enum/PRIVBB:
   - name: B_0x1
     description: sector y in bank 1 is privileged
     value: 1
+enum/PRODUCT_STATE:
+  bit_size: 8
+  variants:
+  - name: PROVISIONING
+    description: Provisioning
+    value: 23
+  - name: IROT_PROVISIONED
+    description: iROT-Provisioned
+    value: 46
+  - name: LOCKED
+    description: Locked
+    value: 92
+  - name: CLOSED
+    description: Closed
+    value: 114
+  - name: REGRESSION
+    description: Regression
+    value: 154
+  - name: OPEN
+    description: Open
+    value: 237

data/registers/flash_h7rs.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,882 @@
+block/FLASH:
+  description: Embedded Flash memory.
+  items:
+  - name: ACR
+    description: Access control register.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: ACR
+  - name: KEYR
+    description: FLASH control key register.
+    byte_offset: 4
+    fieldset: KEYR
+  - name: CR
+    description: FLASH control register.
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: CR
+  - name: SR
+    description: FLASH status register.
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: SR
+  - name: FCR
+    description: FLASH status register.
+    byte_offset: 24
+    fieldset: FCR
+  - name: IER
+    description: FLASH interrupt enable register.
+    byte_offset: 32
+    fieldset: IER
+  - name: ISR
+    description: FLASH interrupt status register.
+    byte_offset: 36
+    fieldset: ISR
+  - name: ICR
+    description: FLASH interrupt clear register.
+    byte_offset: 40
+    fieldset: ICR
+  - name: CRCCR
+    description: FLASH CRC control register.
+    byte_offset: 48
+    fieldset: CRCCR
+  - name: CRCSADDR
+    description: FLASH CRC start address register.
+    byte_offset: 52
+    fieldset: CRCSADDR
+  - name: CRCEADDR
+    description: FLASH CRC end address register.
+    byte_offset: 56
+    fieldset: CRCEADDR
+  - name: CRCDATAR
+    description: FLASH CRC data register.
+    byte_offset: 60
+    fieldset: CRCDATAR
+  - name: ECCSFADDR
+    description: FLASH ECC single error fail address.
+    byte_offset: 64
+    fieldset: ECCSFADDR
+  - name: ECCDFADDR
+    description: FLASH ECC double error fail address.
+    byte_offset: 68
+    fieldset: ECCDFADDR
+  - name: OPTKEYR
+    description: FLASH options key register.
+    byte_offset: 256
+    fieldset: OPTKEYR
+  - name: OPTCR
+    description: FLASH options control register.
+    byte_offset: 260
+    fieldset: OPTCR
+  - name: OPTISR
+    description: FLASH options interrupt status register.
+    byte_offset: 264
+    fieldset: OPTISR
+  - name: OPTICR
+    description: FLASH options interrupt clear register.
+    byte_offset: 268
+    fieldset: OPTICR
+  - name: OBKCR
+    description: FLASH option byte key control register.
+    byte_offset: 272
+    fieldset: OBKCR
+  - name: OBKDR
+    description: FLASH option bytes key data register 0.
+    array:
+      len: 8
+      stride: 4
+    byte_offset: 280
+  - name: NVSR
+    description: FLASH non-volatile status register.
+    byte_offset: 512
+    fieldset: NVSR
+  - name: NVSRP
+    description: FLASH security status register programming.
+    byte_offset: 516
+    fieldset: NVSRP
+  - name: ROTSR
+    description: FLASH RoT status register.
+    byte_offset: 520
+    fieldset: ROTSR
+  - name: ROTSRP
+    description: FLASH RoT status register programming.
+    byte_offset: 524
+    fieldset: ROTSRP
+  - name: OTPLSR
+    description: FLASH OTP lock status register.
+    byte_offset: 528
+    fieldset: OTPLSR
+  - name: OTPLSRP
+    description: FLASH OTP lock status register programming.
+    byte_offset: 532
+    fieldset: OTPLSRP
+  - name: WRPSR
+    description: FLASH write protection status register.
+    byte_offset: 536
+    fieldset: WRPSR
+  - name: WRPSRP
+    description: FLASH write protection status register programming.
+    byte_offset: 540
+    fieldset: WRPSRP
+  - name: HDPSR
+    description: FLASH hide protection status register.
+    byte_offset: 560
+    fieldset: HDPSR
+  - name: HDPSRP
+    description: FLASH hide protection status register programming.
+    byte_offset: 564
+    fieldset: HDPSRP
+  - name: EPOCHSR
+    description: FLASH epoch status register.
+    byte_offset: 592
+    fieldset: EPOCHSR
+  - name: EPOCHSRP
+    description: FLASH RoT status register programming.
+    byte_offset: 596
+    fieldset: EPOCHSRP
+  - name: OBW1SR
+    description: FLASH option byte word 1 status register.
+    byte_offset: 608
+    fieldset: OBW1SR
+  - name: OBW1SRP
+    description: FLASH option byte word 1 status register programming.
+    byte_offset: 612
+    fieldset: OBW1SRP
+  - name: OBW2SR
+    description: FLASH option byte word 2 status register.
+    byte_offset: 616
+    fieldset: OBW2SR
+  - name: OBW2SRP
+    description: FLASH option byte word 2 status register programming.
+    byte_offset: 620
+    fieldset: OBW2SRP
+fieldset/ACR:
+  description: Access control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: LATENCY
+    description: 'Read latency These bits are used to control the number of wait states used during read operations on both non-volatile memory banks. The application software has to program them to the correct value depending on the embedded Flash memory interface frequency and voltage conditions. Please refer to Table 27 for details. ... Note: Embedded Flash does not verify that the configuration is correct.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: WRHIGHFREQ
+    description: 'Flash signal delay These bits are used to control the delay between non-volatile memory signals during programming operations. Application software has to program them to the correct value depending on the embedded Flash memory interface frequency. Please refer to Table 27 for details. Note: Embedded Flash does not verify that the configuration is correct.'
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 2
+fieldset/CR:
+  description: FLASH control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: LOCK
+    description: Configuration lock bit When this bit is set write to all other bits in this register, and to FLASH_IER register, are ignored. Clearing this bit requires the correct write sequence to FLASH_KEYR register (see this register for details). If a wrong sequence is executed, or if the unlock sequence is performed twice, this bit remains locked until the next system reset. During the write access to set LOCK bit from 0 to 1, it is possible to change the other bits of this register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PG
+    description: Internal buffer control bit Setting this bit enables internal buffer for write operations. This allows preparing program operations even if a sector or bank erase is ongoing. When PG is cleared, the internal buffer is disabled for write operations, and all the data stored in the buffer but not sent to the operation queue are lost.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SER
+    description: 'Sector erase request Setting this bit requests a sector erase. Write protection error is triggered when a sector erase is required on at least one protected sector. BER has a higher priority than SER: if both bits are set, the embedded Flash memory executes a bank erase.'
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: BER
+    description: 'Bank erase request Setting this bit requests a bank erase operation (user Flash memory only). Write protection error is triggered when a bank erase is required and some sectors are protected. BER has a higher priority than SER: if both are set, the embedded Flash memory executes a bank erase.'
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: FW
+    description: 'Force write This bit forces a write operation even if the write buffer is not full. In this case all bits not written are set by hardware. The embedded Flash memory resets FW when the corresponding operation has been acknowledged. Note: Using a force-write operation prevents the application from updating later the missing bits with something else than 1, because it is likely that it will lead to permanent ECC error. Write forcing is effective only if the write buffer is not empty (in particular, FW does not start several write operations when the force-write operations are performed consecutively).'
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: START
+    description: Erase start control bit This bit is used to start a sector erase or a bank erase operation. The embedded Flash memory resets START when the corresponding operation has been acknowledged. The user application cannot access any embedded Flash memory register until the operation is acknowledged.
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SSN
+    description: Sector erase selection number These bits are used to select the target sector for an erase operation (they are unused otherwise). ...
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 2
+  - name: PG_OTP
+    description: Program Enable for OTP Area Set this bit to enable write operations to OTP area.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CRC_EN
+    description: CRC enable Setting this bit enables the CRC calculation. CRC_EN does not start CRC calculation but enables CRC configuration through FLASH_CRCCR register. When CRC calculation is performed it can be disabled by clearing CRC_EN bit. Doing so sets CRCDATA to 0x0, clears CRC configuration and resets the content of FLASH_CRCDATAR register.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ALL_BANKS
+    description: All banks select bit When this bit is set the erase is done on all Flash Memory sectors. ALL_BANKS is used only if a bank erase is required (BER=1). In all others operations, this control bit is ignored.
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CRCCR:
+  description: FLASH CRC control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CRC_SECT
+    description: CRC sector number CRC_SECT is used to select one user Flash sectors to be added to the list of sectors on which the CRC is calculated. The CRC can be computed either between two addresses (using registers FLASH_CRCSADDR and FLASH_CRCEADDR) or on a list of sectors using this register. If this latter option is selected, it is possible to add a sector to the list of sectors by programming the sector number in CRC_SECT and then setting ADD_SECT bit. The list of sectors can be erased either by setting CLEAN_SECT bit or by disabling the CRC computation. ...
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 2
+  - name: CRC_BY_SECT
+    description: CRC sector mode select bit When this bit is set the CRC calculation is performed at sector level, on the sectors present in the list of sectors. To add a sector to this list, use ADD_SECT and CRC_SECT bits. To clean the list, use CLEAN_SECT bit. When CRC_BY_SECT is cleared the CRC calculation is performed on all addresses defined between start and end addresses defined in FLASH_CRCSADDR and FLASH_CRCEADDR registers.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ADD_SECT
+    description: CRC sector select bit When this bit is set the sector whose number is written in CRC_SECT is added to the list of sectors on which the CRC is calculated.
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CLEAN_SECT
+    description: CRC sector list clear bit When this bit is set the list of sectors on which the CRC is calculated is cleared.
+    bit_offset: 11
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: START_CRC
+    description: CRC start bit START_CRC bit triggers a CRC calculation using the current configuration. No CRC calculation can launched when an option byte change operation is ongoing because all read accesses to embedded Flash memory registers are put on hold until the option byte change operation has completed. This bit is cleared when CRC computation starts.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CLEAN_CRC
+    description: CRC clear bit Setting CLEAN_CRC to 1 clears the current CRC result stored in the FLASH_CRCDATAR register.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CRC_BURST
+    description: CRC burst size CRC_BURST bits set the size of the bursts that are generated by the CRC calculation unit. A Flash word is 128-bit.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: CRC_BURST
+  - name: ALL_SECT
+    description: All sectors selection When this bit is set all the sectors in user Flash are added to list of sectors on which the CRC shall be calculated. This bit is cleared when CRC computation starts.
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CRCDATAR:
+  description: FLASH CRC data register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CRC_DATA
+    description: CRC result This bitfield contains the result of the last CRC calculation. The value is valid only when CRC calculation completed (CRCENDF is set in FLASH_ISR register). CRC_DATA is cleared when CRC_EN is cleared in FLASH_CR register (CRC disabled), or when CLEAN_CRC bit is set in FLASH_CRCCR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 32
+fieldset/CRCEADDR:
+  description: FLASH CRC end address register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CRC_END_ADDR
+    description: CRC end address This register is used when CRC_BY_SECT is cleared. It must be programmed to the address of the Flash word starting the last burst of the CRC calculation. The burst size is defined in CRC_BURST of FLASH_CRCCR register. The least significant bits [5:0] of the address are set by hardware to 0 (minimum burst size= 64 bytes). The address is relative to the Flash bank.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 11
+fieldset/CRCSADDR:
+  description: FLASH CRC start address register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CRC_START_ADDR
+    description: CRC start address This register is used when CRC_BY_SECT is cleared. It must be programmed to the address of the first Flash word to use for the CRC calculation, done burst by burst. CRC computation starts at an address aligned to the burst size defined in CRC_BURST of FLASH_CRCCR register. Hence least significant bits [5:0] of the address are set by hardware to 0 (minimum burst size= 64 bytes). The address is relative to the Flash bank.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 11
+fieldset/ECCDFADDR:
+  description: FLASH ECC double error fail address.
+  fields:
+  - name: DED_FADD
+    description: ECC double error detection fail address When a double ECC detection occurs during a read operation, the DED_FADD bitfield contains the system bus address that generated the error. This register is automatically cleared when the DBECCERRF flag that generated the error is cleared. Note that only the first address that generated an ECC double error detection error is saved in this register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 32
+fieldset/ECCSFADDR:
+  description: FLASH ECC single error fail address.
+  fields:
+  - name: SEC_FADD
+    description: ECC single error correction fail address When a single ECC error correction occurs during a read operation, the SEC_FADD bitfield contains the system bus address that generated the error. This register is automatically cleared when SNECCERRF flag that generated the error is cleared. Note that only the first address that generated an ECC single error correction error is saved in this register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 32
+fieldset/EPOCHSR:
+  description: FLASH epoch status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: EPOCH
+    description: Epoch This value is distributed by hardware to the SAES peripheral.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 24
+fieldset/EPOCHSRP:
+  description: FLASH RoT status register programming.
+  fields:
+  - name: EPOCH
+    description: Epoch programming Write to change corresponding bits in FLASH_EPOCHSR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 24
+fieldset/FCR:
+  description: FLASH status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: RCHECKF
+    description: Root code check flag clear Set this bit to clear RCHECKF bit in FLASH_SR.
+    bit_offset: 25
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/HDPSR:
+  description: FLASH hide protection status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: HDP_AREA_START
+    description: Hide protection user Flash area start This option sets the start address that contains the first 256-byte block of the hide protection (HDP) area in user Flash area. If HDP_AREA_END=HDP_AREA_START all the sectors are protected. If HDP_AREA_END<HDP_AREA_START no sectors are protected.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 9
+  - name: HDP_AREA_END
+    description: Hide protection user Flash area end This option sets the end address that contains the last 256-byte block of the hide protection (HDP) area in user Flash area. If HDP_AREA_END=HDP_AREA_START all the sectors are protected. If HDP_AREA_END<HDP_AREA_START no sectors are protected.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 9
+fieldset/HDPSRP:
+  description: FLASH hide protection status register programming.
+  fields:
+  - name: HDP_AREA_START
+    description: Hide protection user Flash area start programming Write to change corresponding option byte bits in FLASH_HDPSR. If HDP_AREA_END=HDP_AREA_START all the sectors are protected. If HDP_AREA_END<HDP_AREA_START no sectors are protected.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 9
+  - name: HDP_AREA_END
+    description: Hide protection user Flash area end programming Write to change corresponding option byte bits in FLASH_HDPSR. If HDP_AREA_END=HDP_AREA_START all the sectors are protected. If HDP_AREA_END<HDP_AREA_START no sectors are protected.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 9
+fieldset/ICR:
+  description: FLASH interrupt clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: EOPF
+    description: End-of-program flag clear Setting this bit clears EOPF flag in FLASH_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WRPERRF
+    description: Write protection error flag clear Setting this bit clears WRPERRF flag in FLASH_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PGSERRF
+    description: Programming sequence error flag clear Setting this bit clears PGSERRF flag in FLASH_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 18
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: STRBERRF
+    description: Strobe error flag clear Setting this bit clears STRBERRF flag in FLASH_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 19
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OBLERRF
+    description: Option byte loading error flag clear Setting this bit clears OBLERRF flag in FLASH_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: INCERRF
+    description: Inconsistency error flag clear Setting this bit clears INCERRF flag in FLASH_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RDSERRF
+    description: Read security error flag clear Setting this bit clears RDSERRF flag in FLASH_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SNECCERRF
+    description: ECC single error flag clear Setting this bit clears SNECCERRF flag in FLASH_ISR register. If the DBECCERRF flag of FLASH_ISR register is also cleared, FLASH_ECCFAR register is reset to zero as well.
+    bit_offset: 25
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DBECCERRF
+    description: ECC double error flag clear Setting this bit clears DBECCERRF flag in FLASH_ISR register. If the SNECCERRF flag of FLASH_ISR register is also cleared, FLASH_ECCFAR register is reset to zero as well.
+    bit_offset: 26
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CRCENDF
+    description: CRC end flag clear Setting this bit clears CRCENDF flag in FLASH_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 27
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CRCRDERRF
+    description: CRC error flag clear Setting this bit clears CRCRDERRF flag in FLASH_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/IER:
+  description: FLASH interrupt enable register.
+  fields:
+  - name: EOPIE
+    description: End-of-program interrupt control bit.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WRPERRIE
+    description: Write protection error interrupt enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PGSERRIE
+    description: Programming sequence error interrupt enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 18
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: STRBERRIE
+    description: Strobe error interrupt enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 19
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OBLERRIE
+    description: Option byte loading error interrupt enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: INCERRIE
+    description: Inconsistency error interrupt enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RDSERRIE
+    description: Read security error interrupt enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SNECCERRIE
+    description: ECC single correction error interrupt enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 25
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DBECCERRIE
+    description: ECC double detection error interrupt enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 26
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CRCENDIE
+    description: CRC end of calculation interrupt enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 27
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CRCRDERRIE
+    description: CRC read error interrupt enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ISR:
+  description: FLASH interrupt status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: EOPF
+    description: End-of-program flag This bit is set when a programming operation completes. An interrupt is generated if the EOPIE is set. It is not necessary to reset EOPF before starting a new operation. Setting EOPF bit in FLASH_ICR register clears this bit.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WRPERRF
+    description: Write protection error flag This bit is set when a protection error occurs during a program operation. An interrupt is also generated if the WRPERRIE is set. Setting WRPERRF bit in FLASH_ICR register clears this bit.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PGSERRF
+    description: Programming sequence error flag This bit is set when a sequence error occurs. An interrupt is generated if the PGSERRIE bit is set. Setting PGSERRF bit in FLASH_ICR register clears this bit.
+    bit_offset: 18
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: STRBERRF
+    description: Strobe error flag This bit is set when a strobe error occurs (when the master attempts to write several times the same byte in the write buffer). An interrupt is generated if the STRBERRIE bit is set. Setting STRBERRF bit in FLASH_ICR register clears this bit.
+    bit_offset: 19
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OBLERRF
+    description: Option byte loading error flag This bit is set when an error is found during the option byte loading sequence. An interrupt is generated if OBLERRIE is set. Setting OBLERRF bit in the FLASH_ICR register clears this bit.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: INCERRF
+    description: Inconsistency error flag This bit is set when a inconsistency error occurs. An interrupt is generated if INCERRIE is set. Setting INCERRF bit in the FLASH_ICR register clears this bit.
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RDSERRF
+    description: Read security error flag This bit is set when a read security error occurs (read access to hide protected area with incorrect hide protection level). An interrupt is generated if RDSERRIE is set. Setting RDSERRF bit in FLASH_ICR register clears this bit.
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SNECCERRF
+    description: ECC single error flag This bit is set when an ECC single correction error occurs during a read operation. An interrupt is generated if SNECCERRIE is set. Setting SNECCERRF bit in FLASH_ICR register clears this bit.
+    bit_offset: 25
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DBECCERRF
+    description: ECC double error flag This bit is set when an ECC double detection error occurs during a read operation. An interrupt is generated if DBECCERRIE is set. Setting DBECCERRF bit in FLASH_ICR register clears this bit.
+    bit_offset: 26
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CRCENDF
+    description: CRC end flag This bit is set when the CRC computation has completed. An interrupt is generated if CRCENDIE is set. It is not necessary to reset CRCEND before restarting CRC computation. Setting CRCENDF bit in FLASH_ICR register clears this bit.
+    bit_offset: 27
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CRCRDERRF
+    description: CRC read error flag This bit is set when a word is found read protected during a CRC operation. An interrupt is generated if CRCRDIE is set. Setting CRCRDERRF bit in FLASH_ICR register clears this bit. This flag is valid only when CRCEND bit is set.
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/KEYR:
+  description: FLASH control key register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CUKEY
+    description: 'Control unlock key Following values must be written to FLASH_KEYR consecutively to unlock FLASH_CR register: 1st key = 0x4567 0123 2nd key = 0xCDEF 89AB Reads to this register returns zero. If above sequence is wrong or performed twice, the FLASH_CR register is locked until the next system reset, and access to it generates a bus error.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 32
+fieldset/NVSR:
+  description: FLASH non-volatile status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: NVSTATE
+    description: 'Non-volatile state others: invalid configuration.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+    enum: NVSR_NVSTATE
+fieldset/NVSRP:
+  description: FLASH security status register programming.
+  fields:
+  - name: NVSTATE
+    description: 'Non-volatile state programming Write to change corresponding bits in FLASH_NVSR register: Actual option byte change from close to open is triggered only after memory clear hardware process is confirmed. When NVSTATE=0xB4 (resp. 0x51) writing any other value than 0x51 (resp. 0xB4) triggers an option byte change error (OPTERRF).'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+    enum: NVSRP_NVSTATE
+fieldset/OBKCR:
+  description: FLASH option byte key control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: OBKINDEX
+    description: Option byte key index This bitfield represents the index of the option byte key in a given hide protection level. Reading keys with index lower that 8, the value is not be available in OBKDRx registers. It is instead sent directly to SAES peripheral. All others keys can be read using OBKDRx registers. Up to 32 keys can be provisioned per hide protection level (0, 1 or 2), provided there is enough space left in the Flash to store them.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 5
+  - name: NEXTKL
+    description: 'Next key level 10 or 11: reserved.'
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: NEXTKL
+  - name: OBKSIZE
+    description: Option byte key size Application must use this bitfield to specify how many bits must be used for the new key. Embedded Flash ignores OBKSIZE during read of option keys because size is stored with the key.
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: OBKSIZE
+  - name: KEYPROG
+    description: Key program This bit must be set to write option byte keys (keys are read otherwise).
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: KEYSTART
+    description: Key option start This bit is used to start the option byte key operation defined by the PROG bit. The embedded Flash memory resets START when the corresponding operation has been acknowledged.
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/OBW1SR:
+  description: FLASH option byte word 1 status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: BOR_LEV
+    description: Brownout level These bits reflects the power level that generates a system reset.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: BOR_LEV
+  - name: IWDG_HW
+    description: Independent watchdog HW Control.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: NRST_STOP
+    description: Reset on stop mode.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: NRST_STBY
+    description: Reset on standby mode.
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OCTO1_HSLV
+    description: XSPIM_P1 High-Speed at Low-Voltage.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OCTO2_HSLV
+    description: XSPIM_P2 High-Speed at Low-Voltage.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: IWDG_FZ_STOP
+    description: IWDG stop mode freeze When set the independent watchdog IWDG is frozen in system Stop mode.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: IWDG_FZ_SDBY
+    description: IWDG standby mode freeze When set the independent watchdog IWDG is frozen in system Standby mode.
+    bit_offset: 18
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PERSO_OK
+    description: Personalization OK This bit is set on STMicroelectronics production line.
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: VDDIO_HSLV
+    description: I/O High-Speed at Low-Voltage This bit indicates that the product operates below 2.5 V.
+    bit_offset: 29
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/OBW1SRP:
+  description: FLASH option byte word 1 status register programming.
+  fields:
+  - name: BOR_LEV
+    description: Brownout level Write to change corresponding bits in FLASH_OBW1SR register.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 2
+  - name: IWDG_HW
+    description: Independent watchdog HW Control Write to change corresponding bit in FLASH_OBW1SR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: NRST_STOP
+    description: Reset on stop mode programming Write to change corresponding bit in FLASH_OBW1SR register.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: NRST_STBY
+    description: Reset on standby mode programming Write to change corresponding bit in FLASH_OBW1SR register.
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OCTO1_HSLV
+    description: XSPIM_P1 High-Speed at Low-Voltage Write to change corresponding bit in FLASH_OBW1SR register.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OCTO2_HSLV
+    description: XSPIM_P2 High-Speed at Low-Voltage programming Write to change corresponding bit in FLASH_OBW1SR register.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: IWDG_FZ_STOP
+    description: IWDG stop mode freeze Write to change corresponding bit in FLASH_OBW1SR register.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: IWDG_FZ_SDBY
+    description: IWDG standby mode freeze programming Write to change corresponding bit in FLASH_OBW1SR register.
+    bit_offset: 18
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: VDDIO_HSLV
+    description: I/O High-Speed at Low-Voltage programming Write to change corresponding bit in FLASH_OBW1SR register.
+    bit_offset: 29
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/OBW2SR:
+  description: FLASH option byte word 2 status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ITCM_AXI_SHARE
+    description: ITCM SRAM configuration.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: DTCM_AXI_SHARE
+    description: DTCM SRAM configuration.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: ECC_ON_SRAM
+    description: ECC on SRAM.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: I2C_NI3C
+    description: I2C Not I3C.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/OBW2SRP:
+  description: FLASH option byte word 2 status register programming.
+  fields:
+  - name: ITCM_AXI_SHARE
+    description: 'ITCM AXI share programming Write to change corresponding bits in FLASH_OBW2SR register. Bit 2 should be kept to 0: ITCM_AXI_SHARE: = 000 or 011: ITCM 64 Kbytes ITCM_AXI_SHARE = 001: ITCM 128 Kbytes ITCM_AXI_SHARE = 010: ITCM 192 Kbytes.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: DTCM_AXI_SHARE
+    description: 'DTCM AXI share programming Write to change corresponding bits in the FLASH_OBW2SR register. Bit 2 should be kept to 0: DTCM_AXI_SHARE = 000 or 011: DTCM 64 Kbytes DTCM_AXI_SHARE = 001: DTCM 128 Kbytes DTCM_AXI_SHARE = 010: DTCM 192 Kbytes.'
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: ECC_ON_SRAM
+    description: ECC on SRAM programming Write to change corresponding bit in FLASH_OBW2SR register.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: I2C_NI3C
+    description: I2C Not I3C Write to change corresponding bit in FLASH_OBW2SR register.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/OPTCR:
+  description: FLASH options control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: OPTLOCK
+    description: Options lock When this bit is set write to all other bits in this register, and write to OTP words, option bytes and option bytes keys control registers, are ignored. Clearing this bit requires the correct write sequence to FLASH_OPTKEYR register (see this register for details). If a wrong sequence is executed, or the unlock sequence is performed twice, this bit remains locked until next system reset. During the write access to set LOCK bit from 0 to 1, it is possible to change the other bits of this register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PG_OPT
+    description: Program options.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: KVEIE
+    description: Key valid error interrupt enable bit This bit controls if an interrupt has to be generated when KVEF is set in FLASH_OPTISR.
+    bit_offset: 27
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: KTEIE
+    description: Key transfer error interrupt enable bit This bit controls if an interrupt has to be generated when KTEF is set in FLASH_OPTISR.
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OPTERRIE
+    description: Option byte change error interrupt enable bit This bit controls if an interrupt has to be generated when an error occurs during an option byte change.
+    bit_offset: 30
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/OPTICR:
+  description: FLASH options interrupt clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: KVEF
+    description: key valid error flag Set this bit to clear KVEF flag in FLASH_OPTISR register.
+    bit_offset: 27
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: KTEF
+    description: key transfer error flag Set this bit to clear KTEF flag in FLASH_OPTISR register.
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OPTERRF
+    description: Option byte change error flag Set this bit to clear OPTERRF flag in FLASH_OPTISR register.
+    bit_offset: 30
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/OPTISR:
+  description: FLASH options interrupt status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: KVEF
+    description: 'Key valid error flag This bit is set when loading an unknown or corrupted option byte key. More specifically: Embedded Flash did not find an option byte key that corresponds to the given OBKINDEX[4:0] and the requested HDPL (optionally modified by NEXTKL[1:0]). It can happen for example when requested key has not being provisioned. A double error detection was found when loading the requested option byte key. In this case, if this key is provisioned again the error should disappear. When KVEF is set write to START bit in FLASH_OBKCR is ignored. An interrupt is generated when this flag is raised if the KVEIE bit of FLASH_OPTCR register is set. Setting KVEF bit of register FLASH_OPTICR clears this bit.'
+    bit_offset: 27
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: KTEF
+    description: Key transfer error flag This bit is set when embedded Flash signals an error to the SAES peripheral. It happens when the key size (128-bit or 256-bit) is not matching between embedded Flash OBKSIZE[1:0] and KEYSIZE bit in SAES_CR register. It also happen when an ECC dual error detection occurred while embedded Flash loaded an option byte key for the SAES peripheral. When KTEF is set write to START bit in FLASH_OBKCR is ignored. An interrupt is generated when this flag is raised if the KTEIE bit of FLASH_OPTCR register is set. Setting KTEF bit of register FLASH_OPTICR clears this bit.
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OPTERRF
+    description: Option byte change error flag When OPTERRF is set, the option byte change operation did not successfully complete. An interrupt is generated when this flag is raised if the OPTERRIE bit of FLASH_OPTCR register is set. Setting OPTERRF of register FLASH_OPTICR clears this bit.
+    bit_offset: 30
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/OPTKEYR:
+  description: FLASH options key register.
+  fields:
+  - name: OCUKEY
+    description: 'Options configuration unlock key Following values must be written to FLASH_OPTKEYR consecutively to unlock FLASH_OPTCR register: 1st key = 0x0819 2A3B 2nd key = 0x4C5D 6E7F Reads to this register returns zero. If above sequence is performed twice locks up the corresponding register/bit until the next system reset, and generates a bus error.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 32
+fieldset/OTPLSR:
+  description: FLASH OTP lock status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: OTPL
+    description: OTP lock n Block n corresponds to OTP 16-bit word 32 x n to 32 x n + 31. OTPL[n] = 1 indicates that all OTP 16-bit words in OTP Block n are locked and can no longer be programmed. OTPL[n] = 0 indicates that all OTP 16-bit words in OTP Block n are not locked and can still be modified.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/OTPLSRP:
+  description: FLASH OTP lock status register programming.
+  fields:
+  - name: OTPL
+    description: OTP lock n programming Write to change corresponding option byte bit in FLASH_OTPLSR. OTPL bits can be only be set, not cleared.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/ROTSR:
+  description: FLASH RoT status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: OEM_PROVD
+    description: 'OEM provisioned device Any other value: device is not provisioned by the OEM.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+    enum: OEM_PROVD
+  - name: DBG_AUTH
+    description: 'Debug authentication method Any other value: no authentication method selected (NotSet).'
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 8
+    enum: DBG_AUTH
+  - name: IROT_SELECT
+    description: 'iRoT selection This option is ignored for STM32H7R devices (OEM iRoT is always selected). Any other value: OEM iRoT is selected at boot.'
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 8
+    enum: IROT_SELECT
+fieldset/ROTSRP:
+  description: FLASH RoT status register programming.
+  fields:
+  - name: OEM_PROVD
+    description: OEM provisioned device Write to change corresponding bits in FLASH_ROTSR register. Write are ignored if HDPL is greater than 1.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: DBG_AUTH
+    description: Debug authentication method programming Write to change corresponding bits in FLASH_ROTSR register. Write are ignored if HDPL is greater than 0.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: IROT_SELECT
+    description: iRoT selection This option is ignored for STM32H7R devices. Write to change corresponding bits in FLASH_ROTSR register. Write are ignored if HDPL is greater than 1 and if NVSTATE is not 0xB4 (OPEN).
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 8
+fieldset/SR:
+  description: FLASH status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: BUSY
+    description: Busy flag This bit is set when an effective write, erase or option byte change operation is ongoing. It is possible to know what type of operation is being executed reading the flags IS_PROGRAM, IS_ERASE and IS_OPTCHANGE. BUSY cannot be cleared by application. It is automatically reset by hardware every time a step in a write, erase or option byte change operation completes. It is not recommended to do software polling on BUSY to know when one operation completed because, depending of operation, more pulses are possible for one only operation. For software polling it is therefore better to use QW flag or to check the EOPF flag.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WBNE
+    description: 'Write buffer not empty flag This bit is set when the embedded Flash memory is waiting for new data to complete the write buffer. In this state, the write buffer is not empty. WBNE is reset by hardware each time the write buffer is complete or the write buffer is emptied following one of the event below: the application software forces the write operation using FW bit in FLASH_CR the embedded Flash memory detects an error that involves data loss the application software has disabled write operations This bit cannot be forced to 0. To reset it, clear the write buffer by performing any of the above listed actions, or send the missing data.'
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: QW
+    description: Wait queue flag This bit is set when a write, erase or option byte change operation is pending in the command queue buffer. It is not possible to know what type of programming operation is present in the queue. This flag is reset by hardware when all write, erase or option byte change operations have been executed and thus removed from the waiting queue(s). This bit cannot be forced to 0. It is reset after a deterministic time if no other operations are requested.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CRC_BUSY
+    description: CRC busy flag This bit is set when a CRC calculation is ongoing. This bit cannot be forced to 0. The user must wait until the CRC calculation has completed or disable CRC computation using CRC_EN bit in FLASH_CR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: IS_PROGRAM
+    description: Is a program This bit is set together with BUSY when a program operation is ongoing. It is cleared when BUSY is cleared. This flag can also raise with IS_OPTCHANGE, because an program operation can happen during an option change.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: IS_ERASE
+    description: Is an erase This bit is set together with BUSY when an erase operation is ongoing. It is cleared when BUSY is cleared. This flag can also raise with IS_OPTCHANGE, because an erase operation can happen during an option change.
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: IS_OPTCHANGE
+    description: Is an option change This bit is set together with BUSY when an option change operation is ongoing. It is cleared when BUSY is cleared. This flag can also raise with IS_PROGRAM or IS_ERASE, because a program or erase step is ongoing during option change.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RCHECKF
+    description: Root code check flag This bit returns the status of the root code check performed following the first access to the Flash. This bit is cleared with RCHECKF bit in FLASH_FCR (optional).
+    bit_offset: 25
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/WRPSR:
+  description: FLASH write protection status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: WRPS
+    description: Write protection for sector n This bit reflects the write protection status of user Flash sector n.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+fieldset/WRPSRP:
+  description: FLASH write protection status register programming.
+  fields:
+  - name: WRPS
+    description: Write protection for sector n programming Write to change corresponding bit in FLASH_WRPSR.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+enum/BOR_LEV:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Disabled
+    description: BOR OFF, POR/PDR reset threshold level is applied.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Level1
+    description: BOR Level 1, the threshold level is low (around 2.1 V).
+    value: 1
+  - name: Level2
+    description: BOR Level 2, the threshold level is medium (around 2.4 V).
+    value: 2
+  - name: Level3
+    description: BOR Level 3, the threshold level is high (around 2.7 V).
+    value: 3
+enum/CRC_BURST:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Word4
+    description: every burst has a size of 4 Flash words (64 Bytes).
+    value: 0
+  - name: Word16
+    description: every burst has a size of 16 Flash words (256 Bytes).
+    value: 1
+  - name: Word64
+    description: every burst has a size of 64 Flash words (1 Kbytes).
+    value: 2
+  - name: Word256
+    description: every burst has a size of 256 Flash words (4 Kbytes).
+    value: 3
+enum/DBG_AUTH:
+  bit_size: 8
+  variants:
+  - name: ECDSA
+    description: Authentication method using ECDSA signature (NIST P256).
+    value: 81
+  - name: Delegated
+    description: Delegated debug (to OEM iRoT code in user Flash).
+    value: 111
+  - name: Password
+    description: Authentication method using password.
+    value: 138
+  - name: Locked
+    description: Locked device (no debug allowed).
+    value: 180
+enum/IROT_SELECT:
+  bit_size: 8
+  variants:
+  - name: Selected
+    description: ST iRoT is selected at boot.
+    value: 180
+enum/NEXTKL:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Plus0
+    description: OBKINDEX represents the index of the option byte key stored for the hide protection level indicated in SBS_HDPLSR.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Plus1
+    description: OBKINDEX represents the index of the option byte key stored for the hide protection level indicated in SBS_HDPLSR plus one (e.g. if HDPL=1 in SBS_HDPLR the key of level 2 is selected).
+    value: 1
+enum/NVSRP_NVSTATE:
+  bit_size: 8
+  variants:
+  - name: Close
+    description: CLOSE.
+    value: 81
+  - name: Open
+    description: OPEN.
+    value: 180
+enum/NVSR_NVSTATE:
+  bit_size: 8
+  variants:
+  - name: Closed
+    description: CLOSED device.
+    value: 81
+  - name: Open
+    description: OPEN device.
+    value: 180
+enum/OBKSIZE:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Bits32
+    description: Key size is 32 bits.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Bits64
+    description: Key size is 64 bits.
+    value: 1
+  - name: Bits128
+    description: Key size is 128 bits.
+    value: 2
+  - name: Bits256
+    description: Key size is 256 bits.
+    value: 3
+enum/OEM_PROVD:
+  bit_size: 8
+  variants:
+  - name: Provisioned
+    description: Device has been provisioned by the OEM.
+    value: 180

data/registers/gpdma_v1.yaml

@@ -90,22 +90,22 @@ fieldset/CH_BR1:
     description: source address decrement
     bit_offset: 28
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CH_BR1_DEC
+    enum: DEC
   - name: DDEC
     description: destination address decrement
     bit_offset: 29
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CH_BR1_DEC
+    enum: DEC
   - name: BRSDEC
     description: 'Block repeat source address decrement. Note: On top of this increment/decrement (depending on BRSDEC), CH[x].SAR is in the same time also updated by the increment/decrement (depending on SDEC) of the CH[x].TR3.SAO value, as it is done after any programmed burst transfer.'
     bit_offset: 30
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CH_BR1_DEC
+    enum: DEC
   - name: BRDDEC
     description: 'Block repeat destination address decrement. Note: On top of this increment/decrement (depending on BRDDEC), CH[x].DAR is in the same time also updated by the increment/decrement (depending on DDEC) of the CH[x].TR3.DAO value, as it is usually done at the end of each programmed burst transfer.'
     bit_offset: 31
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CH_BR1_DEC
+    enum: DEC
 fieldset/CH_BR2:
   description: GPDMA channel 12 block register 2
   fields:
@@ -164,17 +164,17 @@ fieldset/CH_CR:
     description: 'Link step mode. First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and CH[x].BR1.BRC[10:0] = 0 if present. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by CH[x].LLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1.'
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CH_CR_LSM
+    enum: LSM
   - name: LAP
     description: 'linked-list allocated port. This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1.'
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CH_CR_LAP
+    enum: AP
   - name: PRIO
     description: 'priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others. Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1.'
     bit_offset: 22
     bit_size: 2
-    enum: CH_CR_PRIO
+    enum: PRIO
 fieldset/CH_FCR:
   description: GPDMA channel 7 flag clear register
   fields:
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ fieldset/CH_TR1:
     description: 'binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes. Note: Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (CH[x].BR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. A source single transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address CH[x].SAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued.'
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 2
-    enum: CH_TR1_DW
+    enum: DW
   - name: SINC
     description: source incrementing burst. The source address, pointed by CH[x].SAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer.
     bit_offset: 3
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ fieldset/CH_TR1:
     description: 'padding/alignment mode. If DDW[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else: - Case 1: If destination data width > source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer. - Case 2: If destination data width < source data width. 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination. Note:'
     bit_offset: 11
     bit_size: 2
-    enum: CH_TR1_PAM
+    enum: PAM
   - name: SBX
     description: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word. If set, the two consecutive bytes within the unaligned half-word of each source word are exchanged. If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored.
     bit_offset: 13
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ fieldset/CH_TR1:
     description: 'source allocated port. This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer. Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1.'
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CH_TR1_AP
+    enum: AP
   - name: SSEC
     description: 'security attribute of the GPDMA transfer from the source. If SECCFGR.SECx = 1 and the access is secure: This is a secure register bit. This bit can only be read by a secure software. This bit must be written by a secure software when SECCFGR.SECx =1 . A secure write is ignored when SECCFGR.SECx = 0. When SECCFGR.SECx is de-asserted, this SSEC bit is also de-asserted by hardware (on a secure reconfiguration of the channel as non-secure), and the GPDMA transfer from the source is non-secure.'
     bit_offset: 15
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ fieldset/CH_TR1:
     description: 'binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes. Note: Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address CH[x].DAR[2:0] and address offset CH[x].TR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued.'
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 2
-    enum: CH_TR1_DW
+    enum: DW
   - name: DINC
     description: destination incrementing burst. The destination address, pointed by CH[x].DAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer.
     bit_offset: 19
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ fieldset/CH_TR1:
     description: 'destination allocated port. This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer. Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1.'
     bit_offset: 30
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CH_TR1_AP
+    enum: AP
   - name: DSEC
     description: 'security attribute of the GPDMA transfer to the destination. If SECCFGR.SECx = 1 and the access is secure: This is a secure register bit. This bit can only be read by a secure software. This bit must be written by a secure software when SECCFGR.SECx = 1. A secure write is ignored when SECCFGR.SECx = 0. When SECCFGR.SECx is de-asserted, this DSEC bit is also de-asserted by hardware (on a secure reconfiguration of the channel as non-secure), and the GPDMA transfer to the destination is non-secure.'
     bit_offset: 31
@@ -366,22 +366,22 @@ fieldset/CH_TR2:
     description: software request. This bit is internally taken into account when CH[x].CR.EN is asserted.
     bit_offset: 9
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CH_TR2_SWREQ
+    enum: SWREQ
   - name: DREQ
     description: 'destination hardware request. This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (CH[x].CR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note:'
     bit_offset: 10
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CH_TR2_DREQ
+    enum: DREQ
   - name: BREQ
     description: 'Block hardware request. If the channel x is activated (CH[x].CR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:'
     bit_offset: 11
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CH_TR2_BREQ
+    enum: BREQ
   - name: TRIGM
     description: 'trigger mode. These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (CH[x].CR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: first burst read of a 2D/repeated block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger. – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLIn+1 that updates the CH[x].TR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLIn trigger. After a first new trigger hitn+1 is memorized, if another second trigger hitn+2 is detected and if the hitn triggered transfer is still not completed, hitn+2 is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (CH[x].SR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (CH[x].CR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1  or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger.'
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 2
-    enum: CH_TR2_TRIGM
+    enum: TRIGM
   - name: TRIGSEL
     description: trigger event input selection. These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per ), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00.
     bit_offset: 16
@@ -390,12 +390,12 @@ fieldset/CH_TR2:
     description: trigger event polarity. These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0].
     bit_offset: 24
     bit_size: 2
-    enum: CH_TR2_TRIGPOL
+    enum: TRIGPOL
   - name: TCEM
     description: 'transfer complete event mode. These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI0 data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI0 data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI0 data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI1.'
     bit_offset: 30
     bit_size: 2
-    enum: CH_TR2_TCEM
+    enum: TCEM
 fieldset/CH_TR3:
   description: GPDMA channel 14 transfer register 3
   fields:
@@ -447,7 +447,25 @@ fieldset/SECCFGR:
     array:
       len: 16
       stride: 1
-enum/CH_BR1_DEC:
+enum/AP:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Port0
+    description: port 0 (AHB) allocated
+    value: 0
+  - name: Port1
+    description: port 1 (AHB) allocated
+    value: 1
+enum/BREQ:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Burst
+    description: the selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Block
+    description: the selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level (see ).
+    value: 1
+enum/DEC:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
   - name: Add
@@ -456,49 +474,16 @@ enum/CH_BR1_DEC:
   - name: Subtract
     description: The address is decremented by the programmed offset.
     value: 1
-enum/CH_CR_LAP:
+enum/DREQ:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
-  - name: Port0
-    description: port 0 (AHB) allocated
+  - name: SourcePeripheral
+    description: selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral (request signal taken into account by the GPDMA transfer scheduler over the source/read port)
     value: 0
-  - name: Port1
-    description: port 1 (AHB) allocated
+  - name: DestinationPeripheral
+    description: selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral (request signal taken into account by the GPDMA transfer scheduler over the destination/write port)
     value: 1
-enum/CH_CR_LSM:
-  bit_size: 1
-  variants:
-  - name: RunToCompletion
-    description: channel executed for the full linked-list and completed at the end of the last LLI (CH[x].LLR = 0). The 16 low-significant bits of the link address are null (LA[15:0] = 0) and all the update bits are null (UT1 =UB1 = UT2 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and UT3 = UB2 = 0 if present). Then CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and CH[x].BR1.BRC[10:0] = 0 if present.
-    value: 0
-  - name: LinkStep
-    description: channel executed once for the current LLI
-    value: 1
-enum/CH_CR_PRIO:
-  bit_size: 2
-  variants:
-  - name: LowWithLowhWeight
-    description: low priority, low weight
-    value: 0
-  - name: LowWithMidWeight
-    description: low priority, mid weight
-    value: 1
-  - name: LowWithHighWeight
-    description: low priority, high weight
-    value: 2
-  - name: High
-    description: high priority
-    value: 3
-enum/CH_TR1_AP:
-  bit_size: 1
-  variants:
-  - name: Port0
-    description: port 0 (AHB) allocated
-    value: 0
-  - name: Port1
-    description: port 1 (AHB) allocated
-    value: 1
-enum/CH_TR1_DW:
+enum/DW:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:
   - name: Byte
@@ -510,7 +495,16 @@ enum/CH_TR1_DW:
   - name: Word
     description: word (4 bytes)
     value: 2
-enum/CH_TR1_PAM:
+enum/LSM:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: RunToCompletion
+    description: channel executed for the full linked-list and completed at the end of the last LLI (CH[x].LLR = 0). The 16 low-significant bits of the link address are null (LA[15:0] = 0) and all the update bits are null (UT1 =UB1 = UT2 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and UT3 = UB2 = 0 if present). Then CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and CH[x].BR1.BRC[10:0] = 0 if present.
+    value: 0
+  - name: LinkStep
+    description: channel executed once for the current LLI
+    value: 1
+enum/PAM:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:
   - name: ZeroExtendOrLeftTruncate
@@ -526,25 +520,22 @@ enum/CH_TR1_PAM:
   - name: Pack
     description: source data is FIFO queued and packed/unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination
     value: 2
-enum/CH_TR2_BREQ:
-  bit_size: 1
+enum/PRIO:
+  bit_size: 2
   variants:
-  - name: Burst
-    description: the selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level.
+  - name: LowWithLowhWeight
+    description: low priority, low weight
     value: 0
-  - name: Block
-    description: the selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level (see ).
+  - name: LowWithMidWeight
+    description: low priority, mid weight
     value: 1
-enum/CH_TR2_DREQ:
-  bit_size: 1
-  variants:
-  - name: SourcePeripheral
-    description: selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral (request signal taken into account by the GPDMA transfer scheduler over the source/read port)
-    value: 0
-  - name: DestinationPeripheral
-    description: selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral (request signal taken into account by the GPDMA transfer scheduler over the destination/write port)
-    value: 1
-enum/CH_TR2_SWREQ:
+  - name: LowWithHighWeight
+    description: low priority, high weight
+    value: 2
+  - name: High
+    description: high priority
+    value: 3
+enum/SWREQ:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
   - name: Hardware
@@ -553,7 +544,7 @@ enum/CH_TR2_SWREQ:
   - name: Software
     description: software request for a memory-to-memory transfer. The default selected hardware request as per REQSEL[6:0] is ignored.
     value: 1
-enum/CH_TR2_TCEM:
+enum/TCEM:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:
   - name: EachBlock
@@ -568,7 +559,7 @@ enum/CH_TR2_TCEM:
   - name: LastLinkedListItem
     description: 'at channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI. The last LLI updates the link address CH[x].LLR.LA[15:2] to zero and clears all the CH[x].LLR update bits (UT1, UT2, UB1, USA, UDA and ULL, plus UT3 and UB2 if present). If the channel transfer is continuous/infinite, no event is generated.'
     value: 3
-enum/CH_TR2_TRIGM:
+enum/TRIGM:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:
   - name: Block
@@ -583,7 +574,7 @@ enum/CH_TR2_TRIGM:
   - name: Burst
     description: 'at programmed burst level: If SWREQ = 1, each programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger. If SWREQ = 0, each programmed burst that is requested by the selected peripheral, is conditioned by one hit trigger.'
     value: 3
-enum/CH_TR2_TRIGPOL:
+enum/TRIGPOL:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:
   - name: None

data/registers/hsem_v1.yaml

@@ -18,34 +18,34 @@ block/HSEM:
     fieldset: RLR
   - name: IER
     description: HSEM Interrupt enable register.
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
     byte_offset: 256
     fieldset: IER
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 16
   - name: ICR
     description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
-    byte_offset: 260
-    fieldset: ICR
     array:
       len: 2
       stride: 16
+    byte_offset: 260
+    fieldset: ICR
   - name: ISR
     description: HSEM Interrupt status register.
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
     byte_offset: 264
     access: Read
     fieldset: ISR
+  - name: MISR
+    description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
     array:
       len: 2
       stride: 16
-  - name: MISR
-    description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
     byte_offset: 268
     access: Read
     fieldset: MISR
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 16
   - name: CR
     description: HSEM Clear register.
     byte_offset: 320
@@ -65,6 +65,36 @@ fieldset/CR:
     description: Semaphore clear Key.
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 16
+fieldset/ICR:
+  description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ISC
+    description: Interrupt semaphore x clear bit.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 32
+      stride: 1
+fieldset/IER:
+  description: HSEM Interrupt enable register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ISE
+    description: Interrupt semaphore x enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 32
+      stride: 1
+fieldset/ISR:
+  description: HSEM Interrupt status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ISF
+    description: Interrupt semaphore x status bit before enable (mask).
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 32
+      stride: 1
 fieldset/KEYR:
   description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
   fields:
@@ -72,6 +102,16 @@ fieldset/KEYR:
     description: Semaphore Clear Key.
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 16
+fieldset/MISR:
+  description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: MISF
+    description: masked interrupt semaphore x status bit after enable (mask).
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 32
+      stride: 1
 fieldset/R:
   description: HSEM register HSEM_R%s HSEM_R31.
   fields:
@@ -102,43 +142,3 @@ fieldset/RLR:
     description: Lock indication.
     bit_offset: 31
     bit_size: 1
-fieldset/IER:
-  description: HSEM Interrupt enable register.
-  fields:
-  - name: ISE
-    description: Interrupt semaphore x enable bit.
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 32
-      stride: 1
-fieldset/ICR:
-  description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
-  fields:
-  - name: ISC
-    description: Interrupt semaphore x clear bit.
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 32
-      stride: 1
-fieldset/ISR:
-  description: HSEM Interrupt status register.
-  fields:
-  - name: ISF
-    description: Interrupt semaphore x status bit before enable (mask).
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 32
-      stride: 1
-fieldset/MISR:
-  description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
-  fields:
-  - name: MISF
-    description: masked interrupt semaphore x status bit after enable (mask).
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 32
-      stride: 1

data/registers/hsem_v2.yaml

@@ -18,35 +18,35 @@ block/HSEM:
     fieldset: RLR
   - name: IER
     description: HSEM Interrupt enable register.
-    byte_offset: 256
-    fieldset: IER
     array:
       len: 1
       stride: 16
+    byte_offset: 256
+    fieldset: IER
   - name: ICR
     description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
     byte_offset: 260
     access: Read
     fieldset: ICR
+  - name: ISR
+    description: HSEM Interrupt status register.
     array:
       len: 1
       stride: 16
-  - name: ISR
-    description: HSEM Interrupt status register.
     byte_offset: 264
     access: Read
     fieldset: ISR
+  - name: MISR
+    description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
     array:
       len: 1
       stride: 16
-  - name: MISR
-    description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
     byte_offset: 268
     access: Read
     fieldset: MISR
-    array:
-      len: 1
-      stride: 16
   - name: CR
     description: HSEM Clear register.
     byte_offset: 320
@@ -66,6 +66,36 @@ fieldset/CR:
     description: Semaphore clear Key.
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 16
+fieldset/ICR:
+  description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ISC
+    description: Interrupt semaphore x clear bit.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 32
+      stride: 1
+fieldset/IER:
+  description: HSEM Interrupt enable register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ISE
+    description: Interrupt semaphore x enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 32
+      stride: 1
+fieldset/ISR:
+  description: HSEM Interrupt status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ISF
+    description: Interrupt semaphore x status bit before enable (mask).
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 32
+      stride: 1
 fieldset/KEYR:
   description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
   fields:
@@ -73,6 +103,16 @@ fieldset/KEYR:
     description: Semaphore Clear Key.
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 16
+fieldset/MISR:
+  description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: MISF
+    description: masked interrupt semaphore x status bit after enable (mask).
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 32
+      stride: 1
 fieldset/R:
   description: HSEM register HSEM_R%s HSEM_R31.
   fields:
@@ -103,43 +143,3 @@ fieldset/RLR:
     description: Lock indication.
     bit_offset: 31
     bit_size: 1
-fieldset/IER:
-  description: HSEM Interrupt enable register.
-  fields:
-  - name: ISE
-    description: Interrupt semaphore x enable bit.
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 32
-      stride: 1
-fieldset/ICR:
-  description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
-  fields:
-  - name: ISC
-    description: Interrupt semaphore x clear bit.
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 32
-      stride: 1
-fieldset/ISR:
-  description: HSEM Interrupt status register.
-  fields:
-  - name: ISF
-    description: Interrupt semaphore x status bit before enable (mask).
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 32
-      stride: 1
-fieldset/MISR:
-  description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
-  fields:
-  - name: MISF
-    description: masked interrupt semaphore x status bit after enable (mask).
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 32
-      stride: 1

data/registers/hsem_v3.yaml

@@ -18,34 +18,34 @@ block/HSEM:
     fieldset: RLR
   - name: IER
     description: HSEM Interrupt enable register.
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
     byte_offset: 256
     fieldset: IER
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 16
   - name: ICR
     description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
-    byte_offset: 260
-    fieldset: ICR
     array:
       len: 2
       stride: 16
+    byte_offset: 260
+    fieldset: ICR
   - name: ISR
     description: HSEM Interrupt status register.
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
     byte_offset: 264
     access: Read
     fieldset: ISR
+  - name: MISR
+    description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
     array:
       len: 2
       stride: 16
-  - name: MISR
-    description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
     byte_offset: 268
     access: Read
     fieldset: MISR
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 16
   - name: CR
     description: HSEM Clear register.
     byte_offset: 320
@@ -66,6 +66,36 @@ fieldset/CR:
     description: Semaphore clear Key.
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 16
+fieldset/ICR:
+  description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ISC
+    description: Interrupt semaphore x clear bit.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 16
+      stride: 1
+fieldset/IER:
+  description: HSEM Interrupt enable register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ISE
+    description: Interrupt semaphore x enable bit.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 16
+      stride: 1
+fieldset/ISR:
+  description: HSEM Interrupt status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ISF
+    description: Interrupt semaphore x status bit before enable (mask).
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 16
+      stride: 1
 fieldset/KEYR:
   description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
   fields:
@@ -73,6 +103,16 @@ fieldset/KEYR:
     description: Semaphore Clear Key.
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 16
+fieldset/MISR:
+  description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: MISF
+    description: masked interrupt semaphore x status bit after enable (mask).
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 16
+      stride: 1
 fieldset/R:
   description: HSEM register HSEM_R%s HSEM_R31.
   fields:
@@ -103,43 +143,3 @@ fieldset/RLR:
     description: Lock indication.
     bit_offset: 31
     bit_size: 1
-fieldset/IER:
-  description: HSEM Interrupt enable register.
-  fields:
-  - name: ISE
-    description: Interrupt semaphore x enable bit.
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 16
-      stride: 1
-fieldset/ICR:
-  description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
-  fields:
-  - name: ISC
-    description: Interrupt semaphore x clear bit.
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 16
-      stride: 1
-fieldset/ISR:
-  description: HSEM Interrupt status register.
-  fields:
-  - name: ISF
-    description: Interrupt semaphore x status bit before enable (mask).
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 16
-      stride: 1
-fieldset/MISR:
-  description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
-  fields:
-  - name: MISF
-    description: masked interrupt semaphore x status bit after enable (mask).
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 16
-      stride: 1

data/registers/hsem_v4.yaml

@@ -18,34 +18,34 @@ block/HSEM:
     fieldset: RLR
   - name: IER
     description: HSEM Interrupt enable register.
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
     byte_offset: 256
     fieldset: IER
-    array:
-      len: 1
-      stride: 16
   - name: ICR
     description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
-    byte_offset: 260
-    fieldset: ICR
     array:
       len: 1
       stride: 16
+    byte_offset: 260
+    fieldset: ICR
   - name: ISR
     description: HSEM Interrupt status register.
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
     byte_offset: 264
     access: Read
     fieldset: ISR
+  - name: MISR
+    description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
     array:
       len: 1
       stride: 16
-  - name: MISR
-    description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
     byte_offset: 268
     access: Read
     fieldset: MISR
-    array:
-      len: 1
-      stride: 16
   - name: CR
     description: HSEM Clear register.
     byte_offset: 320
@@ -55,6 +55,17 @@ block/HSEM:
     description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
     byte_offset: 324
     fieldset: KEYR
+fieldset/CR:
+  description: HSEM Clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: COREID
+    description: COREID.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: KEY
+    description: Semaphore clear Key.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 16
 fieldset/ICR:
   description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
   fields:
@@ -85,6 +96,13 @@ fieldset/ISR:
     array:
       len: 16
       stride: 1
+fieldset/KEYR:
+  description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: KEY
+    description: Semaphore Clear Key.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 16
 fieldset/MISR:
   description: HSEM Masked interrupt status register.
   fields:
@@ -95,24 +113,6 @@ fieldset/MISR:
     array:
       len: 16
       stride: 1
-fieldset/CR:
-  description: HSEM Clear register.
-  fields:
-  - name: COREID
-    description: COREID.
-    bit_offset: 8
-    bit_size: 4
-  - name: KEY
-    description: Semaphore clear Key.
-    bit_offset: 16
-    bit_size: 16
-fieldset/KEYR:
-  description: HSEM Interrupt clear register.
-  fields:
-  - name: KEY
-    description: Semaphore Clear Key.
-    bit_offset: 16
-    bit_size: 16
 fieldset/R:
   description: HSEM register HSEM_R%s HSEM_R31.
   fields:

data/registers/i2c_v3.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
+block/I2C:
+  description: Inter-integrated circuit
+  items:
+  - name: CR1
+    description: Control register 1
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: CR1
+  - name: CR2
+    description: Control register 2
+    byte_offset: 4
+    fieldset: CR2
+  - name: OAR1
+    description: Own address register 1
+    byte_offset: 8
+    fieldset: OAR1
+  - name: OAR2
+    description: Own address register 2
+    byte_offset: 12
+    fieldset: OAR2
+  - name: TIMINGR
+    description: Timing register
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: TIMINGR
+  - name: TIMEOUTR
+    description: Timeout register
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: TIMEOUTR
+  - name: ISR
+    description: Interrupt and Status register
+    byte_offset: 24
+    fieldset: ISR
+  - name: ICR
+    description: Interrupt clear register
+    byte_offset: 28
+    fieldset: ICR
+  - name: PECR
+    description: PEC register
+    byte_offset: 32
+    fieldset: PECR
+  - name: RXDR
+    description: Receive data register
+    byte_offset: 36
+    fieldset: RXDR
+  - name: TXDR
+    description: Transmit data register
+    byte_offset: 40
+    fieldset: TXDR
+fieldset/CR1:
+  description: Control register 1
+  fields:
+  - name: PE
+    description: Peripheral enable
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TXIE
+    description: TX Interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RXIE
+    description: RX Interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ADDRIE
+    description: Address match interrupt enable (slave only)
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: NACKIE
+    description: Not acknowledge received interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: STOPIE
+    description: STOP detection Interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TCIE
+    description: Transfer Complete interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ERRIE
+    description: Error interrupts enable
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DNF
+    description: Digital noise filter
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 4
+    enum: DNF
+  - name: ANFOFF
+    description: Analog noise filter OFF
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TXDMAEN
+    description: DMA transmission requests enable
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RXDMAEN
+    description: DMA reception requests enable
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SBC
+    description: Slave byte control
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: NOSTRETCH
+    description: Clock stretching disable
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: GCEN
+    description: General call enable
+    bit_offset: 19
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SMBHEN
+    description: SMBus Host address enable
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SMBDEN
+    description: SMBus Device Default address enable
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ALERTEN
+    description: SMBUS alert enable
+    bit_offset: 22
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PECEN
+    description: PEC enable
+    bit_offset: 23
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: FMP
+    description: Fast-mode Plus 20 mA drive enable.
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ADDRACLR
+    description: Address match flag (ADDR) automatic clear.
+    bit_offset: 30
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: STOPFACLR
+    description: STOP detection flag (STOPF) automatic clear.
+    bit_offset: 31
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CR2:
+  description: Control register 2
+  fields:
+  - name: SADD
+    description: Slave address bit (master mode)
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 10
+  - name: DIR
+    description: Transfer direction (master mode)
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: DIR
+  - name: ADD10
+    description: 10-bit addressing mode (master mode)
+    bit_offset: 11
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: ADDMODE
+  - name: HEAD10R
+    description: 10-bit address header only read direction (master receiver mode)
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: HEADR
+  - name: START
+    description: Start generation
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: STOP
+    description: Stop generation (master mode)
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: NACK
+    description: NACK generation (slave mode)
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: NBYTES
+    description: Number of bytes
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: RELOAD
+    description: NBYTES reload mode
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: RELOAD
+  - name: AUTOEND
+    description: Automatic end mode (master mode)
+    bit_offset: 25
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: AUTOEND
+  - name: PECBYTE
+    description: Packet error checking byte
+    bit_offset: 26
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ICR:
+  description: Interrupt clear register
+  fields:
+  - name: ADDRCF
+    description: Address Matched flag clear
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: NACKCF
+    description: Not Acknowledge flag clear
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: STOPCF
+    description: Stop detection flag clear
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: BERRCF
+    description: Bus error flag clear
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ARLOCF
+    description: Arbitration lost flag clear
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OVRCF
+    description: Overrun/Underrun flag clear
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PECCF
+    description: PEC Error flag clear
+    bit_offset: 11
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TIMOUTCF
+    description: Timeout detection flag clear
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ALERTCF
+    description: Alert flag clear
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ISR:
+  description: Interrupt and Status register
+  fields:
+  - name: TXE
+    description: Transmit data register empty (transmitters)
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TXIS
+    description: Transmit interrupt status (transmitters)
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RXNE
+    description: Receive data register not empty (receivers)
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ADDR
+    description: Address matched (slave mode)
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: NACKF
+    description: Not acknowledge received flag
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: STOPF
+    description: Stop detection flag
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TC
+    description: Transfer Complete (master mode)
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TCR
+    description: Transfer Complete Reload
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: BERR
+    description: Bus error
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ARLO
+    description: Arbitration lost
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OVR
+    description: Overrun/Underrun (slave mode)
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PECERR
+    description: PEC Error in reception
+    bit_offset: 11
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TIMEOUT
+    description: Timeout or t_low detection flag
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ALERT
+    description: SMBus alert
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: BUSY
+    description: Bus busy
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DIR
+    description: Transfer direction (Slave mode)
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: DIR
+  - name: ADDCODE
+    description: Address match code (Slave mode)
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 7
+fieldset/OAR1:
+  description: Own address register 1
+  fields:
+  - name: OA1
+    description: Interface address
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 10
+  - name: OA1MODE
+    description: Own Address 1 10-bit mode
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: ADDMODE
+  - name: OA1EN
+    description: Own Address 1 enable
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/OAR2:
+  description: Own address register 2
+  fields:
+  - name: OA2
+    description: Interface address
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 7
+  - name: OA2MSK
+    description: Own Address 2 masks
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 3
+    enum: OAMSK
+  - name: OA2EN
+    description: Own Address 2 enable
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/PECR:
+  description: PEC register
+  fields:
+  - name: PEC
+    description: Packet error checking register
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+fieldset/RXDR:
+  description: Receive data register
+  fields:
+  - name: RXDATA
+    description: 8-bit receive data
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+fieldset/TIMEOUTR:
+  description: Timeout register
+  fields:
+  - name: TIMEOUTA
+    description: Bus timeout A
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 12
+  - name: TIDLE
+    description: Idle clock timeout detection
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TIMOUTEN
+    description: Clock timeout enable
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TIMEOUTB
+    description: Bus timeout B
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 12
+  - name: TEXTEN
+    description: Extended clock timeout enable
+    bit_offset: 31
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/TIMINGR:
+  description: Timing register
+  fields:
+  - name: SCLL
+    description: SCL low period (master mode)
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: SCLH
+    description: SCL high period (master mode)
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: SDADEL
+    description: Data hold time
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: SCLDEL
+    description: Data setup time
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: PRESC
+    description: Timing prescaler
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 4
+fieldset/TXDR:
+  description: Transmit data register
+  fields:
+  - name: TXDATA
+    description: 8-bit transmit data
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+enum/ADDMODE:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Bit7
+    description: 7-bit addressing mode
+    value: 0
+  - name: Bit10
+    description: 10-bit addressing mode
+    value: 1
+enum/AUTOEND:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Software
+    description: 'Software end mode: TC flag is set when NBYTES data are transferred, stretching SCL low'
+    value: 0
+  - name: Automatic
+    description: 'Automatic end mode: a STOP condition is automatically sent when NBYTES data are transferred'
+    value: 1
+enum/DIR:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Write
+    description: Write transfer, slave enters receiver mode
+    value: 0
+  - name: Read
+    description: Read transfer, slave enters transmitter mode
+    value: 1
+enum/DNF:
+  bit_size: 4
+  variants:
+  - name: NoFilter
+    description: Digital filter disabled
+    value: 0
+  - name: Filter1
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 1 tI2CCLK
+    value: 1
+  - name: Filter2
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 2 tI2CCLK
+    value: 2
+  - name: Filter3
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 3 tI2CCLK
+    value: 3
+  - name: Filter4
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 4 tI2CCLK
+    value: 4
+  - name: Filter5
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 5 tI2CCLK
+    value: 5
+  - name: Filter6
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 6 tI2CCLK
+    value: 6
+  - name: Filter7
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 7 tI2CCLK
+    value: 7
+  - name: Filter8
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 8 tI2CCLK
+    value: 8
+  - name: Filter9
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 9 tI2CCLK
+    value: 9
+  - name: Filter10
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 10 tI2CCLK
+    value: 10
+  - name: Filter11
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 11 tI2CCLK
+    value: 11
+  - name: Filter12
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 12 tI2CCLK
+    value: 12
+  - name: Filter13
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 13 tI2CCLK
+    value: 13
+  - name: Filter14
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 14 tI2CCLK
+    value: 14
+  - name: Filter15
+    description: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 15 tI2CCLK
+    value: 15
+enum/HEADR:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Complete
+    description: The master sends the complete 10 bit slave address read sequence
+    value: 0
+  - name: Partial
+    description: The master only sends the 1st 7 bits of the 10 bit address, followed by Read direction
+    value: 1
+enum/OAMSK:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: NoMask
+    description: No mask
+    value: 0
+  - name: Mask1
+    description: OA2[1] is masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:2] are compared
+    value: 1
+  - name: Mask2
+    description: OA2[2:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:3] are compared
+    value: 2
+  - name: Mask3
+    description: OA2[3:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:4] are compared
+    value: 3
+  - name: Mask4
+    description: OA2[4:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:5] are compared
+    value: 4
+  - name: Mask5
+    description: OA2[5:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:6] are compared
+    value: 5
+  - name: Mask6
+    description: OA2[6:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7] is compared.
+    value: 6
+  - name: Mask7
+    description: OA2[7:1] are masked and don’t care. No comparison is done, and all (except reserved) 7-bit received addresses are acknowledged
+    value: 7
+enum/RELOAD:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Completed
+    description: The transfer is completed after the NBYTES data transfer (STOP or RESTART will follow)
+    value: 0
+  - name: NotCompleted
+    description: The transfer is not completed after the NBYTES data transfer (NBYTES will be reloaded)
+    value: 1

data/registers/lpdma_v1.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+block/Channel:
+  items:
+  - name: LBAR
+    description: LPDMA channel 15 linked-list base address register
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: CH_LBAR
+  - name: FCR
+    description: LPDMA channel 15 flag clear register
+    byte_offset: 12
+    fieldset: CH_FCR
+  - name: SR
+    description: LPDMA channel 15 status register
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: CH_SR
+  - name: CR
+    description: LPDMA channel 15 control register
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: CH_CR
+  - name: TR1
+    description: LPDMA channel 15 transfer register 1
+    byte_offset: 64
+    fieldset: CH_TR1
+  - name: TR2
+    description: LPDMA channel 15 transfer register 2
+    byte_offset: 68
+    fieldset: CH_TR2
+  - name: BR1
+    description: LPDMA channel 15 alternate block register 1
+    byte_offset: 72
+    fieldset: CH_BR1
+  - name: SAR
+    description: LPDMA channel 15 source address register
+    byte_offset: 76
+  - name: DAR
+    description: LPDMA channel 15 destination address register
+    byte_offset: 80
+  - name: TR3
+    description: LPDMA channel 15 transfer register 3
+    byte_offset: 84
+    fieldset: CH_TR3
+  - name: BR2
+    description: LPDMA channel 15 block register 2
+    byte_offset: 88
+    fieldset: CH_BR2
+  - name: LLR
+    description: LPDMA channel 15 alternate linked-list address register
+    byte_offset: 124
+    fieldset: CH_LLR
+block/LPDMA:
+  description: LPDMA
+  items:
+  - name: SECCFGR
+    description: LPDMA secure configuration register
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: SECCFGR
+  - name: PRIVCFGR
+    description: LPDMA privileged configuration register
+    byte_offset: 4
+    fieldset: PRIVCFGR
+  - name: RCFGLOCKR
+    description: LPDMA configuration lock register
+    byte_offset: 8
+    fieldset: RCFGLOCKR
+  - name: MISR
+    description: LPDMA non-secure masked interrupt status register
+    byte_offset: 12
+    fieldset: MISR
+  - name: SMISR
+    description: LPDMA secure masked interrupt status register
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: MISR
+  - name: CH
+    array:
+      len: 4
+      stride: 128
+    byte_offset: 80
+    block: Channel
+fieldset/CH_BR1:
+  description: LPDMA channel 15 alternate block register 1
+  fields:
+  - name: BNDT
+    description: 'block number of data bytes to transfer from the source. Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if CH[x].LLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if CH[x].LLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one not null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all CH[x].LLR.Uxx = 0 and if CH[x].LLR.LA[15:0] ≠ 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if CH[x].LLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus CH[x].TR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. When configured in packing mode (CH[x].TR1.PAM[1]=1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus CH[x].TR1.DDW[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+  - name: BRC
+    description: 'Block repeat counter. This field contains the number of repetitions of the current block (0 to 2047). When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only. After decrements, this field indicates the remaining number of blocks, excluding the current one. This counter is hardware decremented for each completed block transfer. Once the last block transfer is completed (BRC[10:0] = BNDT[15:0] = 0): If CH[x].LLR.UB1 = 1, all CH[x].BR1 fields are updated by the next LLI in the memory. If CH[x].LLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one not null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. if all CH[x].LLR.Uxx = 0 and if CH[x].LLR.LA[15:0] ≠ 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). if CH[x].LLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI and data transfer.'
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 11
+  - name: SDEC
+    description: source address decrement
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: DEC
+  - name: DDEC
+    description: destination address decrement
+    bit_offset: 29
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: DEC
+  - name: BRSDEC
+    description: 'Block repeat source address decrement. Note: On top of this increment/decrement (depending on BRSDEC), CH[x].SAR is in the same time also updated by the increment/decrement (depending on SDEC) of the CH[x].TR3.SAO value, as it is done after any programmed burst transfer.'
+    bit_offset: 30
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: DEC
+  - name: BRDDEC
+    description: 'Block repeat destination address decrement. Note: On top of this increment/decrement (depending on BRDDEC), CH[x].DAR is in the same time also updated by the increment/decrement (depending on DDEC) of the CH[x].TR3.DAO value, as it is usually done at the end of each programmed burst transfer.'
+    bit_offset: 31
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: DEC
+fieldset/CH_BR2:
+  description: LPDMA channel 12 block register 2
+  fields:
+  - name: BRSAO
+    description: 'Block repeated source address offset. For a channel with 2D addressing capability, this field is used to update (by addition or subtraction depending on CH[x].BR1.BRSDEC) the current source address (CH[x].SAR) at the end of a block transfer. Note: A block repeated source address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (BRSAO[2:0] versus CH[x].TR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+  - name: BRDAO
+    description: 'Block repeated destination address offset. For a channel with 2D addressing capability, this field is used to update (by addition or subtraction depending on CH[x].BR1.BRDDEC) the current destination address (CH[x].DAR) at the end of a block transfer. Note: A block repeated destination address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (BRDAO[2:0] versus CH[x].TR1.DDW[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued.'
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CH_CR:
+  description: LPDMA channel 11 control register
+  fields:
+  - name: EN
+    description: 'enable. Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is de-asserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, e.g. if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RESET
+    description: 'reset. This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (CH[x].SR.SUSPF = 1 and CH[x].SR.IDLEF = CH[x].CR.EN = 1). - channel in disabled state (CH[x].SR.IDLEF = 1 and CH[x].CR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (CH[x].BR1, CH[x].SAR and CH[x].DAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in ).'
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SUSP
+    description: 'suspend. Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel i.e. a channel with an on-going LPDMA transfer over its master ports. The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in .'
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TCIE
+    description: transfer complete interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: HTIE
+    description: half transfer complete interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DTEIE
+    description: data transfer error interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ULEIE
+    description: update link transfer error interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 11
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: USEIE
+    description: user setting error interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SUSPIE
+    description: completed suspension interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TOIE
+    description: trigger overrun interrupt enable
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: LSM
+    description: 'Link step mode. First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and CH[x].BR1.BRC[10:0] = 0 if present. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by CH[x].LLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1.'
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: LSM
+  - name: PRIO
+    description: 'priority level of the channel x LPDMA transfer versus others. Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1.'
+    bit_offset: 22
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: PRIO
+fieldset/CH_FCR:
+  description: LPDMA channel 7 flag clear register
+  fields:
+  - name: TCF
+    description: transfer complete flag clear
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: HTF
+    description: half transfer flag clear
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DTEF
+    description: data transfer error flag clear
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ULEF
+    description: update link transfer error flag clear
+    bit_offset: 11
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: USEF
+    description: user setting error flag clear
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SUSPF
+    description: completed suspension flag clear
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TOF
+    description: trigger overrun flag clear
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CH_LBAR:
+  description: LPDMA channel 14 linked-list base address register
+  fields:
+  - name: LBA
+    description: linked-list base address of LPDMA channel x
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CH_LLR:
+  description: LPDMA channel 15 alternate linked-list address register
+  fields:
+  - name: LA
+    description: 'pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure. If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list LPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list LPDMA internal register file (CH[x].CTR1, CH[x].TR2, CH[x].BR1, CH[x].SAR, CH[x].DAR and CH[x].LLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored.'
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 14
+  - name: ULL
+    description: Update CH[x].LLR register from memory. This bit is used to control the update of CH[x].LLR from the memory during the link transfer.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UB2
+    description: Update CH[x].BR2 from memory. This bit controls the update of CH[x].BR2 from the memory during the link transfer.
+    bit_offset: 25
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UT3
+    description: Update CH[x].TR3 from memory. This bit controls the update of CH[x].TR3 from the memory during the link transfer.
+    bit_offset: 26
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UDA
+    description: Update CH[x].DAR register from memory. This bit is used to control the update of CH[x].DAR from the memory during the link transfer.
+    bit_offset: 27
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: USA
+    description: update CH[x].SAR from memory. This bit controls the update of CH[x].SAR from the memory during the link transfer.
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UB1
+    description: Update CH[x].BR1 from memory. This bit controls the update of CH[x].BR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if CH[x].LLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer.
+    bit_offset: 29
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UT2
+    description: Update CH[x].TR2 from memory. This bit controls the update of CH[x].TR2 from the memory during the link transfer.
+    bit_offset: 30
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UT1
+    description: Update CH[x].TR1 from memory. This bit controls the update of CH[x].TR1 from the memory during the link transfer.
+    bit_offset: 31
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CH_SR:
+  description: LPDMA channel 15 status register
+  fields:
+  - name: IDLEF
+    description: idle flag. This idle flag is de-asserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (CH[x].CR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state).
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TCF
+    description: transfer complete flag. A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (CH[x].TR2.TCEM[1:0]).
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: HTF
+    description: half transfer flag. An half transfer event is either an half block transfer or an half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (CH[x].TR2.TCEM[1:0]). An half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. An half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (CH[x].BR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DTEF
+    description: data transfer error flag
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ULEF
+    description: update link transfer error flag
+    bit_offset: 11
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: USEF
+    description: user setting error flag
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SUSPF
+    description: completed suspension flag
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TOF
+    description: trigger overrun flag
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CH_TR1:
+  description: LPDMA channel 8 transfer register 1
+  fields:
+  - name: SDW
+    description: 'binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes. Note: Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (CH[x].BR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. A source single transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address CH[x].SAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: DW
+  - name: SINC
+    description: source incrementing burst. The source address, pointed by CH[x].SAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PAM
+    description: 'padding/alignment mode. If DDW[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else: - Case 1: If destination data width > source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer. - Case 2: If destination data width < source data width. 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination. Note:'
+    bit_offset: 11
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: PAM
+  - name: SSEC
+    description: 'security attribute of the LPDMA transfer from the source. If SECCFGR.SECx = 1 and the access is secure: This is a secure register bit. This bit can only be read by a secure software. This bit must be written by a secure software when SECCFGR.SECx =1 . A secure write is ignored when SECCFGR.SECx = 0. When SECCFGR.SECx is de-asserted, this SSEC bit is also de-asserted by hardware (on a secure reconfiguration of the channel as non-secure), and the LPDMA transfer from the source is non-secure.'
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DDW
+    description: 'binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes. Note: Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address CH[x].DAR[2:0] and address offset CH[x].TR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued.'
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: DW
+  - name: DINC
+    description: destination incrementing burst. The destination address, pointed by CH[x].DAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer.
+    bit_offset: 19
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DSEC
+    description: 'security attribute of the LPDMA transfer to the destination. If SECCFGR.SECx = 1 and the access is secure: This is a secure register bit. This bit can only be read by a secure software. This bit must be written by a secure software when SECCFGR.SECx = 1. A secure write is ignored when SECCFGR.SECx = 0. When SECCFGR.SECx is de-asserted, this DSEC bit is also de-asserted by hardware (on a secure reconfiguration of the channel as non-secure), and the LPDMA transfer to the destination is non-secure.'
+    bit_offset: 31
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CH_TR2:
+  description: LPDMA channel 10 transfer register 2
+  fields:
+  - name: REQSEL
+    description: LPDMA hardware request selection. These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (CH[x].CR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per . The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[6:0] value) to different active LPDMA channels (CH[x].CR.EN = 1 and CH[x].TR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). LPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 7
+  - name: SWREQ
+    description: software request. This bit is internally taken into account when CH[x].CR.EN is asserted.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: SWREQ
+  - name: DREQ
+    description: 'destination hardware request. This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (CH[x].CR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note:'
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: DREQ
+  - name: BREQ
+    description: 'Block hardware request. If the channel x is activated (CH[x].CR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:'
+    bit_offset: 11
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: BREQ
+  - name: TRIGM
+    description: 'trigger mode. These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (CH[x].CR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a LPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: first burst read of a 2D/repeated block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger. – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The LPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLIn+1 that updates the CH[x].TR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLIn trigger. After a first new trigger hitn+1 is memorized, if another second trigger hitn+2 is detected and if the hitn triggered transfer is still not completed, hitn+2 is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (CH[x].SR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (CH[x].CR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1  or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger.'
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: TRIGM
+  - name: TRIGSEL
+    description: trigger event input selection. These bits select the trigger event input of the LPDMA transfer (as per ), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 6
+  - name: TRIGPOL
+    description: trigger event polarity. These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0].
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: TRIGPOL
+  - name: TCEM
+    description: 'transfer complete event mode. These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI0 data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI0 data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI0 data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI1.'
+    bit_offset: 30
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: TCEM
+fieldset/CH_TR3:
+  description: LPDMA channel 14 transfer register 3
+  fields:
+  - name: SAO
+    description: 'source address offset increment. The source address, pointed by CH[x].SAR, is incremented or decremented (depending on CH[x].BR1.SDEC) by this offset SAO[12:0] for each programmed source burst. This offset is not including and is added to the programmed burst size when the completed burst is addressed in incremented mode (CH[x].TR1.SINC = 1). Note: A source address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SAO[2:0] versus CH[x].TR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued. When the source block size is not a multiple of the destination burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional CH[x].TR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 13
+  - name: DAO
+    description: 'destination address offset increment. The destination address, pointed by CH[x].DAR, is incremented or decremented (depending on CH[x].BR1.DDEC) by this offset DAO[12:0] for each programmed destination burst. This offset is not including and is added to the programmed burst size when the completed burst is addressed in incremented mode (CH[x].TR1.DINC = 1). Note: A destination address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DAO[2:0] versus CH[x].TR1.DDW[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued.'
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 13
+fieldset/MISR:
+  description: LPDMA secure masked interrupt status register
+  fields:
+  - name: MIS
+    description: MIS0
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 16
+      stride: 1
+fieldset/PRIVCFGR:
+  description: LPDMA privileged configuration register
+  fields:
+  - name: PRIV
+    description: PRIV0
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 16
+      stride: 1
+fieldset/RCFGLOCKR:
+  description: LPDMA configuration lock register
+  fields:
+  - name: LOCK
+    description: LOCK0
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 16
+      stride: 1
+fieldset/SECCFGR:
+  description: LPDMA secure configuration register
+  fields:
+  - name: SEC
+    description: SEC0
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 16
+      stride: 1
+enum/BREQ:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Burst
+    description: the selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Block
+    description: the selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level (see ).
+    value: 1
+enum/DEC:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Add
+    description: The address is incremented by the programmed offset.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Subtract
+    description: The address is decremented by the programmed offset.
+    value: 1
+enum/DREQ:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: SourcePeripheral
+    description: selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral (request signal taken into account by the LPDMA transfer scheduler over the source/read port)
+    value: 0
+  - name: DestinationPeripheral
+    description: selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral (request signal taken into account by the LPDMA transfer scheduler over the destination/write port)
+    value: 1
+enum/DW:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Byte
+    description: byte
+    value: 0
+  - name: HalfWord
+    description: half-word (2 bytes)
+    value: 1
+  - name: Word
+    description: word (4 bytes)
+    value: 2
+enum/LSM:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: RunToCompletion
+    description: channel executed for the full linked-list and completed at the end of the last LLI (CH[x].LLR = 0). The 16 low-significant bits of the link address are null (LA[15:0] = 0) and all the update bits are null (UT1 =UB1 = UT2 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and UT3 = UB2 = 0 if present). Then CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and CH[x].BR1.BRC[10:0] = 0 if present.
+    value: 0
+  - name: LinkStep
+    description: channel executed once for the current LLI
+    value: 1
+enum/PAM:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: ZeroExtendOrLeftTruncate
+    description: |-
+      If destination is wider: source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
+      If source is wider: source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
+    value: 0
+  - name: SignExtendOrRightTruncate
+    description: |-
+      If destination is wider: source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
+      If source is wider: source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
+    value: 1
+  - name: Pack
+    description: source data is FIFO queued and packed/unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination
+    value: 2
+enum/PRIO:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: LowWithLowhWeight
+    description: low priority, low weight
+    value: 0
+  - name: LowWithMidWeight
+    description: low priority, mid weight
+    value: 1
+  - name: LowWithHighWeight
+    description: low priority, high weight
+    value: 2
+  - name: High
+    description: high priority
+    value: 3
+enum/SWREQ:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Hardware
+    description: no software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[6:0] is taken into account.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Software
+    description: software request for a memory-to-memory transfer. The default selected hardware request as per REQSEL[6:0] is ignored.
+    value: 1
+enum/TCEM:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: EachBlock
+    description: 'at block level (when CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0): the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block.'
+    value: 0
+  - name: Each2DBlock
+    description: channel x = 0 to 11, same as 00; channel x=12 to 15, at 2D/repeated block level (when CH[x].BR1.BRC[10:0] =  0 and CH[x].BR1.BNDT[15:0] =  0), the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the end (respectively half of the end) of the 2D/repeated block.
+    value: 1
+  - name: EachLinkedListItem
+    description: 'at LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer, including the update of the LLI if any. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer (the LLI data transfer being a block transfer or a 2D/repeated block transfer for channel x = 12 to 15), if any data transfer.'
+    value: 2
+  - name: LastLinkedListItem
+    description: 'at channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI. The last LLI updates the link address CH[x].LLR.LA[15:2] to zero and clears all the CH[x].LLR update bits (UT1, UT2, UB1, USA, UDA and ULL, plus UT3 and UB2 if present). If the channel transfer is continuous/infinite, no event is generated.'
+    value: 3
+enum/TRIGM:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Block
+    description: 'at block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger (channel x = 12 to 15, for each block if a 2D/repeated block is configured with CH[x].BR1.BRC[10:0] ≠ 0).'
+    value: 0
+  - name: 2DBlock
+    description: channel x = 0 to 11, same as 00; channel x=12 to 15, at 2D/repeated block level, the
+    value: 1
+  - name: LinkedListItem
+    description: 'at link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger. The LLI data transfer (if any) is not conditioned.'
+    value: 2
+  - name: Burst
+    description: 'at programmed burst level: If SWREQ = 1, each programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger. If SWREQ = 0, each programmed burst that is requested by the selected peripheral, is conditioned by one hit trigger.'
+    value: 3
+enum/TRIGPOL:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: None
+    description: no trigger (masked trigger event)
+    value: 0
+  - name: RisingEdge
+    description: trigger on the rising edge
+    value: 1
+  - name: FallingEdge
+    description: trigger on the falling edge
+    value: 2
+  - name: NoneAlt
+    description: same as 00
+    value: 3

data/registers/lptim_v1.yaml

@@ -1,222 +1,320 @@
 block/LPTIM:
-  description: Low power timer
+  description: Low power timer with Output Compare
   items:
   - name: ISR
-    description: Interrupt and Status Register
+    description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
     byte_offset: 0
-    access: Read
     fieldset: ISR
   - name: ICR
-    description: Interrupt Clear Register
+    description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
     byte_offset: 4
-    access: Write
     fieldset: ICR
   - name: IER
-    description: Interrupt Enable Register
+    description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
     byte_offset: 8
     fieldset: IER
   - name: CFGR
-    description: Configuration Register
+    description: LPTIM configuration register.
     byte_offset: 12
     fieldset: CFGR
   - name: CR
-    description: Control Register
+    description: LPTIM control register.
     byte_offset: 16
     fieldset: CR
   - name: CMP
-    description: Compare Register
+    description: LPTIM compare register 1.
     byte_offset: 20
     fieldset: CMP
   - name: ARR
-    description: Autoreload Register
+    description: LPTIM autoreload register.
     byte_offset: 24
     fieldset: ARR
   - name: CNT
-    description: Counter Register
+    description: LPTIM counter register.
     byte_offset: 28
-    access: Read
     fieldset: CNT
 fieldset/ARR:
-  description: Autoreload Register
+  description: LPTIM autoreload register.
   fields:
   - name: ARR
-    description: Auto reload value
+    description: Auto reload value ARR is the autoreload value for the LPTIM. This value must be strictly greater than the CCRx[15:0] value.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 16
 fieldset/CFGR:
-  description: Configuration Register
+  description: LPTIM configuration register.
   fields:
   - name: CKSEL
-    description: Clock selector
+    description: Clock selector The CKSEL bit selects which clock source the LPTIM uses:.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
   - name: CKPOL
-    description: Clock Polarity
+    description: 'Clock Polarity When the LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source, CKPOL bits is used to configure the active edge or edges used by the counter: If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active. Refer to for more details about Encoder mode sub-modes.'
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 2
+    enum: CKPOL
   - name: CKFLT
-    description: Configurable digital filter for external clock
+    description: Configurable digital filter for external clock The CKFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external clock signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 2
+    enum: Filter
   - name: TRGFLT
-    description: Configurable digital filter for trigger
+    description: Configurable digital filter for trigger The TRGFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an internal trigger before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
     bit_offset: 6
     bit_size: 2
+    enum: Filter
   - name: PRESC
-    description: Clock prescaler
+    description: Clock prescaler The PRESC bits configure the prescaler division factor. It can be one among the following division factors:.
     bit_offset: 9
     bit_size: 3
+    enum: PRESC
   - name: TRIGSEL
-    description: Trigger selector
+    description: 'Trigger selector The TRIGSEL bits select the trigger source that serves as a trigger event for the LPTIM among the below 8 available sources: See for details.'
     bit_offset: 13
     bit_size: 3
   - name: TRIGEN
-    description: Trigger enable and polarity
+    description: Trigger enable and polarity The TRIGEN bits controls whether the LPTIM counter is started by an external trigger or not. If the external trigger option is selected, three configurations are possible for the trigger active edge:.
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 2
+    enum: TRIGEN
   - name: TIMOUT
-    description: Timeout enable
+    description: Timeout enable The TIMOUT bit controls the Timeout feature.
     bit_offset: 19
     bit_size: 1
   - name: WAVE
-    description: Waveform shape
+    description: Waveform shape The WAVE bit controls the output shape.
     bit_offset: 20
     bit_size: 1
   - name: WAVPOL
-    description: Waveform shape polarity
+    description: 'Waveform shape polarity The WAVEPOL bit controls the output polarity Note: If the LPTIM implements at least one capture/compare channel, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 21
     bit_size: 1
+    enum: WAVPOL
   - name: PRELOAD
-    description: Registers update mode
+    description: Registers update mode The PRELOAD bit controls the LPTIM_ARR, LPTIM_RCR and the LPTIM_CCRx registers update modality.
     bit_offset: 22
     bit_size: 1
   - name: COUNTMODE
-    description: counter mode enabled
+    description: counter mode enabled The COUNTMODE bit selects which clock source is used by the LPTIM to clock the counter:.
     bit_offset: 23
     bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
   - name: ENC
-    description: Encoder mode enable
+    description: 'Encoder mode enable The ENC bit controls the Encoder mode Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 24
     bit_size: 1
 fieldset/CMP:
-  description: Compare Register
+  description: LPTIM compare register 1.
   fields:
   - name: CMP
-    description: Compare value
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the capture/compare 1 register. Depending on the PRELOAD option, the CCR1 register is immediately updated if the PRELOAD bit is reset and updated at next LPTIM update event if PREOAD bit is reset. The capture/compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 contains the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event. The LPTIM_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. If LPTIM does not implement any channel: The compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on LPTIM output.'
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 16
 fieldset/CNT:
-  description: Counter Register
+  description: LPTIM counter register.
   fields:
   - name: CNT
-    description: Counter value
+    description: Counter value When the LPTIM is running with an asynchronous clock, reading the LPTIM_CNT register may return unreliable values. So in this case it is necessary to perform two consecutive read accesses and verify that the two returned values are identical.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 16
 fieldset/CR:
-  description: Control Register
+  description: LPTIM control register.
   fields:
   - name: ENABLE
-    description: LPTIM Enable
+    description: LPTIM enable The ENABLE bit is set and cleared by software.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
   - name: SNGSTRT
-    description: LPTIM start in single mode
+    description: LPTIM start in Single mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when the LPTIM is in continuous counting mode, then the LPTIM stops at the following match between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers. This bit can only be set when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
   - name: CNTSTRT
-    description: Timer start in continuous mode
+    description: Timer start in Continuous mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in Continuous mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the timer in Continuous mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when a single pulse mode counting is ongoing, then the timer does not stop at the next match between the LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers and the LPTIM counter keeps counting in Continuous mode. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
     bit_offset: 2
     bit_size: 1
 fieldset/ICR:
-  description: Interrupt Clear Register
+  description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
   fields:
-  - name: CMPMCF
-    description: compare match Clear Flag
+  - name: CCCF
+    description: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
   - name: ARRMCF
-    description: Autoreload match Clear Flag
+    description: Autoreload match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARRM flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
   - name: EXTTRIGCF
-    description: External trigger valid edge Clear Flag
+    description: External trigger valid edge clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EXTTRIG flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
     bit_offset: 2
     bit_size: 1
   - name: CMPOKCF
-    description: Compare register update OK Clear Flag
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP1OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
   - name: ARROKCF
-    description: Autoreload register update OK Clear Flag
+    description: Autoreload register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
     bit_offset: 4
     bit_size: 1
   - name: UPCF
-    description: Direction change to UP Clear Flag
+    description: 'Direction change to UP clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UP flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 5
     bit_size: 1
   - name: DOWNCF
-    description: Direction change to down Clear Flag
+    description: 'Direction change to down clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the DOWN flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 6
     bit_size: 1
 fieldset/IER:
-  description: Interrupt Enable Register
+  description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
   fields:
-  - name: CMPMIE
-    description: Compare match Interrupt Enable
+  - name: CCIE
+    description: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
   - name: ARRMIE
-    description: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable
+    description: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable.
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
   - name: EXTTRIGIE
-    description: External trigger valid edge Interrupt Enable
+    description: External trigger valid edge Interrupt Enable.
     bit_offset: 2
     bit_size: 1
   - name: CMPOKIE
-    description: Compare register update OK Interrupt Enable
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK interrupt enable.
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
   - name: ARROKIE
-    description: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable
+    description: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable.
     bit_offset: 4
     bit_size: 1
   - name: UPIE
-    description: Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable
+    description: 'Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 5
     bit_size: 1
   - name: DOWNIE
-    description: Direction change to down Interrupt Enable
+    description: 'Direction change to down Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 6
     bit_size: 1
 fieldset/ISR:
-  description: Interrupt and Status Register
+  description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
   fields:
-  - name: CMPM
-    description: Compare match
+  - name: CCIF
+    description: Compare 1 interrupt flag The CC1IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. The CC1IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC1CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
   - name: ARRM
-    description: Autoreload match
+    description: Autoreload match ARRM is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register’s value reached the LPTIM_ARR register’s value. ARRM flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARRMCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
   - name: EXTTRIG
-    description: External trigger edge event
+    description: External trigger edge event EXTTRIG is set by hardware to inform application that a valid edge on the selected external trigger input has occurred. If the trigger is ignored because the timer has already started, then this flag is not set. EXTTRIG flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the EXTTRIGCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 2
     bit_size: 1
   - name: CMPOK
-    description: Compare register update OK
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK CMP1OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR1 register has been successfully completed. CMP1OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP1OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
   - name: ARROK
-    description: Autoreload register update OK
+    description: Autoreload register update OK ARROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_ARR register has been successfully completed. ARROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 4
     bit_size: 1
   - name: UP
-    description: Counter direction change down to up
+    description: 'Counter direction change down to up In Encoder mode, UP bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from down to up. UP flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UPCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 5
     bit_size: 1
   - name: DOWN
-    description: Counter direction change up to down
+    description: 'Counter direction change up to down In Encoder mode, DOWN bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from up to down. DOWN flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DOWNCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 6
     bit_size: 1
+enum/CKPOL:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Rising
+    description: the rising edge is the active edge used for counting. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Falling
+    description: the falling edge is the active edge used for counting. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active.
+    value: 1
+  - name: Both
+    description: both edges are active edges. When both external clock signal edges are considered active ones, the LPTIM must also be clocked by an internal clock source with a frequency equal to at least four times the external clock frequency. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 3 is active.
+    value: 2
+enum/ClockSource:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Internal
+    description: clocked by internal clock source (APB clock or any of the embedded oscillators)
+    value: 0
+  - name: External
+    description: clocked by an external clock source through the LPTIM external Input1
+    value: 1
+enum/Filter:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Count1
+    value: 0
+  - name: Count2
+    value: 1
+  - name: Count4
+    value: 2
+  - name: Count8
+    value: 3
+enum/PRESC:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: Div1
+    value: 0
+  - name: Div2
+    value: 1
+  - name: Div4
+    value: 2
+  - name: Div8
+    value: 3
+  - name: Div16
+    value: 4
+  - name: Div32
+    value: 5
+  - name: Div64
+    value: 6
+  - name: Div128
+    value: 7
+enum/TRIGEN:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Software
+    description: software trigger (counting start is initiated by software)
+    value: 0
+  - name: RisingEdge
+    description: rising edge is the active edge
+    value: 1
+  - name: FallingEdge
+    description: falling edge is the active edge
+    value: 2
+  - name: BothEdge
+    description: both edges are active edges
+    value: 3
+enum/WAVPOL:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Positive
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Negative
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the inverse of the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 1

data/registers/lptim_v1a.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+block/LPTIM:
+  description: Low power timer with Output Compare
+  items:
+  - name: ISR
+    description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: ISR
+  - name: ICR
+    description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
+    byte_offset: 4
+    fieldset: ICR
+  - name: IER
+    description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
+    byte_offset: 8
+    fieldset: IER
+  - name: CFGR
+    description: LPTIM configuration register.
+    byte_offset: 12
+    fieldset: CFGR
+  - name: CR
+    description: LPTIM control register.
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: CR
+  - name: CMP
+    description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: CMP
+  - name: ARR
+    description: LPTIM autoreload register.
+    byte_offset: 24
+    fieldset: ARR
+  - name: CNT
+    description: LPTIM counter register.
+    byte_offset: 28
+    fieldset: CNT
+  - name: OR
+    description: LPTIM option register.
+    byte_offset: 32
+fieldset/ARR:
+  description: LPTIM autoreload register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ARR
+    description: Auto reload value ARR is the autoreload value for the LPTIM. This value must be strictly greater than the CCRx[15:0] value.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CFGR:
+  description: LPTIM configuration register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CKSEL
+    description: Clock selector The CKSEL bit selects which clock source the LPTIM uses:.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
+  - name: CKPOL
+    description: 'Clock Polarity When the LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source, CKPOL bits is used to configure the active edge or edges used by the counter: If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active. Refer to for more details about Encoder mode sub-modes.'
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: CKPOL
+  - name: CKFLT
+    description: Configurable digital filter for external clock The CKFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external clock signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: Filter
+  - name: TRGFLT
+    description: Configurable digital filter for trigger The TRGFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an internal trigger before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: Filter
+  - name: PRESC
+    description: Clock prescaler The PRESC bits configure the prescaler division factor. It can be one among the following division factors:.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 3
+    enum: PRESC
+  - name: TRIGSEL
+    description: 'Trigger selector The TRIGSEL bits select the trigger source that serves as a trigger event for the LPTIM among the below 8 available sources: See for details.'
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: TRIGEN
+    description: Trigger enable and polarity The TRIGEN bits controls whether the LPTIM counter is started by an external trigger or not. If the external trigger option is selected, three configurations are possible for the trigger active edge:.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: TRIGEN
+  - name: TIMOUT
+    description: Timeout enable The TIMOUT bit controls the Timeout feature.
+    bit_offset: 19
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WAVE
+    description: Waveform shape The WAVE bit controls the output shape.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WAVPOL
+    description: 'Waveform shape polarity The WAVEPOL bit controls the output polarity Note: If the LPTIM implements at least one capture/compare channel, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: WAVPOL
+  - name: PRELOAD
+    description: Registers update mode The PRELOAD bit controls the LPTIM_ARR, LPTIM_RCR and the LPTIM_CCRx registers update modality.
+    bit_offset: 22
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: COUNTMODE
+    description: counter mode enabled The COUNTMODE bit selects which clock source is used by the LPTIM to clock the counter:.
+    bit_offset: 23
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
+  - name: ENC
+    description: 'Encoder mode enable The ENC bit controls the Encoder mode Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CMP:
+  description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+  fields:
+  - name: CMP
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the capture/compare 1 register. Depending on the PRELOAD option, the CCR1 register is immediately updated if the PRELOAD bit is reset and updated at next LPTIM update event if PREOAD bit is reset. The capture/compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 contains the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event. The LPTIM_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. If LPTIM does not implement any channel: The compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on LPTIM output.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CNT:
+  description: LPTIM counter register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CNT
+    description: Counter value When the LPTIM is running with an asynchronous clock, reading the LPTIM_CNT register may return unreliable values. So in this case it is necessary to perform two consecutive read accesses and verify that the two returned values are identical.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CR:
+  description: LPTIM control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ENABLE
+    description: LPTIM enable The ENABLE bit is set and cleared by software.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SNGSTRT
+    description: LPTIM start in Single mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when the LPTIM is in continuous counting mode, then the LPTIM stops at the following match between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers. This bit can only be set when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CNTSTRT
+    description: Timer start in Continuous mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in Continuous mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the timer in Continuous mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when a single pulse mode counting is ongoing, then the timer does not stop at the next match between the LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers and the LPTIM counter keeps counting in Continuous mode. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ICR:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCCF
+    description: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRMCF
+    description: Autoreload match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARRM flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIGCF
+    description: External trigger valid edge clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EXTTRIG flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOKCF
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP1OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROKCF
+    description: Autoreload register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UPCF
+    description: 'Direction change to UP clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UP flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWNCF
+    description: 'Direction change to down clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the DOWN flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/IER:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIE
+    description: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRMIE
+    description: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIGIE
+    description: External trigger valid edge Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOKIE
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROKIE
+    description: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UPIE
+    description: 'Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWNIE
+    description: 'Direction change to down Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ISR:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIF
+    description: Compare 1 interrupt flag The CC1IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. The CC1IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC1CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRM
+    description: Autoreload match ARRM is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register’s value reached the LPTIM_ARR register’s value. ARRM flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARRMCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIG
+    description: External trigger edge event EXTTRIG is set by hardware to inform application that a valid edge on the selected external trigger input has occurred. If the trigger is ignored because the timer has already started, then this flag is not set. EXTTRIG flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the EXTTRIGCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOK
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK CMP1OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR1 register has been successfully completed. CMP1OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP1OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROK
+    description: Autoreload register update OK ARROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_ARR register has been successfully completed. ARROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UP
+    description: 'Counter direction change down to up In Encoder mode, UP bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from down to up. UP flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UPCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWN
+    description: 'Counter direction change up to down In Encoder mode, DOWN bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from up to down. DOWN flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DOWNCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+enum/CKPOL:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Rising
+    description: the rising edge is the active edge used for counting. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Falling
+    description: the falling edge is the active edge used for counting. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active.
+    value: 1
+  - name: Both
+    description: both edges are active edges. When both external clock signal edges are considered active ones, the LPTIM must also be clocked by an internal clock source with a frequency equal to at least four times the external clock frequency. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 3 is active.
+    value: 2
+enum/ClockSource:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Internal
+    description: clocked by internal clock source (APB clock or any of the embedded oscillators)
+    value: 0
+  - name: External
+    description: clocked by an external clock source through the LPTIM external Input1
+    value: 1
+enum/Filter:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Count1
+    value: 0
+  - name: Count2
+    value: 1
+  - name: Count4
+    value: 2
+  - name: Count8
+    value: 3
+enum/PRESC:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: Div1
+    value: 0
+  - name: Div2
+    value: 1
+  - name: Div4
+    value: 2
+  - name: Div8
+    value: 3
+  - name: Div16
+    value: 4
+  - name: Div32
+    value: 5
+  - name: Div64
+    value: 6
+  - name: Div128
+    value: 7
+enum/TRIGEN:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Software
+    description: software trigger (counting start is initiated by software)
+    value: 0
+  - name: RisingEdge
+    description: rising edge is the active edge
+    value: 1
+  - name: FallingEdge
+    description: falling edge is the active edge
+    value: 2
+  - name: BothEdge
+    description: both edges are active edges
+    value: 3
+enum/WAVPOL:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Positive
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Negative
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the inverse of the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 1

data/registers/lptim_v1b.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+block/LPTIM:
+  description: Low power timer with Output Compare
+  items:
+  - name: ISR
+    description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: ISR
+  - name: ICR
+    description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
+    byte_offset: 4
+    fieldset: ICR
+  - name: IER
+    description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
+    byte_offset: 8
+    fieldset: IER
+  - name: CFGR
+    description: LPTIM configuration register.
+    byte_offset: 12
+    fieldset: CFGR
+  - name: CR
+    description: LPTIM control register.
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: CR
+  - name: CMP
+    description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: CMP
+  - name: ARR
+    description: LPTIM autoreload register.
+    byte_offset: 24
+    fieldset: ARR
+  - name: CNT
+    description: LPTIM counter register.
+    byte_offset: 28
+    fieldset: CNT
+  - name: OR
+    description: LPTIM option register.
+    byte_offset: 32
+fieldset/ARR:
+  description: LPTIM autoreload register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ARR
+    description: Auto reload value ARR is the autoreload value for the LPTIM. This value must be strictly greater than the CCRx[15:0] value.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CFGR:
+  description: LPTIM configuration register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CKSEL
+    description: Clock selector The CKSEL bit selects which clock source the LPTIM uses:.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
+  - name: CKPOL
+    description: 'Clock Polarity When the LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source, CKPOL bits is used to configure the active edge or edges used by the counter: If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active. Refer to for more details about Encoder mode sub-modes.'
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: CKPOL
+  - name: CKFLT
+    description: Configurable digital filter for external clock The CKFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external clock signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: Filter
+  - name: TRGFLT
+    description: Configurable digital filter for trigger The TRGFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an internal trigger before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: Filter
+  - name: PRESC
+    description: Clock prescaler The PRESC bits configure the prescaler division factor. It can be one among the following division factors:.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 3
+    enum: PRESC
+  - name: TRIGSEL
+    description: 'Trigger selector The TRIGSEL bits select the trigger source that serves as a trigger event for the LPTIM among the below 8 available sources: See for details.'
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: TRIGEN
+    description: Trigger enable and polarity The TRIGEN bits controls whether the LPTIM counter is started by an external trigger or not. If the external trigger option is selected, three configurations are possible for the trigger active edge:.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: TRIGEN
+  - name: TIMOUT
+    description: Timeout enable The TIMOUT bit controls the Timeout feature.
+    bit_offset: 19
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WAVE
+    description: Waveform shape The WAVE bit controls the output shape.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WAVPOL
+    description: 'Waveform shape polarity The WAVEPOL bit controls the output polarity Note: If the LPTIM implements at least one capture/compare channel, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: WAVPOL
+  - name: PRELOAD
+    description: Registers update mode The PRELOAD bit controls the LPTIM_ARR, LPTIM_RCR and the LPTIM_CCRx registers update modality.
+    bit_offset: 22
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: COUNTMODE
+    description: counter mode enabled The COUNTMODE bit selects which clock source is used by the LPTIM to clock the counter:.
+    bit_offset: 23
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
+  - name: ENC
+    description: 'Encoder mode enable The ENC bit controls the Encoder mode Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CMP:
+  description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+  fields:
+  - name: CMP
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the capture/compare 1 register. Depending on the PRELOAD option, the CCR1 register is immediately updated if the PRELOAD bit is reset and updated at next LPTIM update event if PREOAD bit is reset. The capture/compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 contains the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event. The LPTIM_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. If LPTIM does not implement any channel: The compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on LPTIM output.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CNT:
+  description: LPTIM counter register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CNT
+    description: Counter value When the LPTIM is running with an asynchronous clock, reading the LPTIM_CNT register may return unreliable values. So in this case it is necessary to perform two consecutive read accesses and verify that the two returned values are identical.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CR:
+  description: LPTIM control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ENABLE
+    description: LPTIM enable The ENABLE bit is set and cleared by software.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SNGSTRT
+    description: LPTIM start in Single mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when the LPTIM is in continuous counting mode, then the LPTIM stops at the following match between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers. This bit can only be set when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CNTSTRT
+    description: Timer start in Continuous mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in Continuous mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the timer in Continuous mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when a single pulse mode counting is ongoing, then the timer does not stop at the next match between the LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers and the LPTIM counter keeps counting in Continuous mode. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: COUNTRST
+    description: Counter reset This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. When set to '1' this bit triggers a synchronous reset of the LPTIM_CNT counter register. Due to the synchronous nature of this reset, it only takes place after a synchronization delay of 3 LPTimer core clock cycles (LPTimer core clock may be different from APB clock). This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware. COUNTRST must never be set to '1' by software before it is already cleared to '0' by hardware. Software should consequently check that COUNTRST bit is already cleared to '0' before attempting to set it to '1'.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RSTARE
+    description: Reset after read enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When RSTARE is set to '1', any read access to LPTIM_CNT register asynchronously resets LPTIM_CNT register content. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ICR:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCCF
+    description: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRMCF
+    description: Autoreload match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARRM flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIGCF
+    description: External trigger valid edge clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EXTTRIG flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOKCF
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP1OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROKCF
+    description: Autoreload register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UPCF
+    description: 'Direction change to UP clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UP flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWNCF
+    description: 'Direction change to down clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the DOWN flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/IER:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIE
+    description: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRMIE
+    description: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIGIE
+    description: External trigger valid edge Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOKIE
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROKIE
+    description: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UPIE
+    description: 'Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWNIE
+    description: 'Direction change to down Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ISR:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIF
+    description: Compare 1 interrupt flag The CC1IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. The CC1IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC1CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRM
+    description: Autoreload match ARRM is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register’s value reached the LPTIM_ARR register’s value. ARRM flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARRMCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIG
+    description: External trigger edge event EXTTRIG is set by hardware to inform application that a valid edge on the selected external trigger input has occurred. If the trigger is ignored because the timer has already started, then this flag is not set. EXTTRIG flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the EXTTRIGCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOK
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK CMP1OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR1 register has been successfully completed. CMP1OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP1OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROK
+    description: Autoreload register update OK ARROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_ARR register has been successfully completed. ARROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UP
+    description: 'Counter direction change down to up In Encoder mode, UP bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from down to up. UP flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UPCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWN
+    description: 'Counter direction change up to down In Encoder mode, DOWN bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from up to down. DOWN flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DOWNCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+enum/CKPOL:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Rising
+    description: the rising edge is the active edge used for counting. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Falling
+    description: the falling edge is the active edge used for counting. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active.
+    value: 1
+  - name: Both
+    description: both edges are active edges. When both external clock signal edges are considered active ones, the LPTIM must also be clocked by an internal clock source with a frequency equal to at least four times the external clock frequency. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 3 is active.
+    value: 2
+enum/ClockSource:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Internal
+    description: clocked by internal clock source (APB clock or any of the embedded oscillators)
+    value: 0
+  - name: External
+    description: clocked by an external clock source through the LPTIM external Input1
+    value: 1
+enum/Filter:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Count1
+    value: 0
+  - name: Count2
+    value: 1
+  - name: Count4
+    value: 2
+  - name: Count8
+    value: 3
+enum/PRESC:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: Div1
+    value: 0
+  - name: Div2
+    value: 1
+  - name: Div4
+    value: 2
+  - name: Div8
+    value: 3
+  - name: Div16
+    value: 4
+  - name: Div32
+    value: 5
+  - name: Div64
+    value: 6
+  - name: Div128
+    value: 7
+enum/TRIGEN:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Software
+    description: software trigger (counting start is initiated by software)
+    value: 0
+  - name: RisingEdge
+    description: rising edge is the active edge
+    value: 1
+  - name: FallingEdge
+    description: falling edge is the active edge
+    value: 2
+  - name: BothEdge
+    description: both edges are active edges
+    value: 3
+enum/WAVPOL:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Positive
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Negative
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the inverse of the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 1

data/registers/lptim_v1b_g4.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+block/LPTIM:
+  description: Low power timer with Output Compare
+  items:
+  - name: ISR
+    description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: ISR
+  - name: ICR
+    description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
+    byte_offset: 4
+    fieldset: ICR
+  - name: IER
+    description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
+    byte_offset: 8
+    fieldset: IER
+  - name: CFGR
+    description: LPTIM configuration register.
+    byte_offset: 12
+    fieldset: CFGR
+  - name: CR
+    description: LPTIM control register.
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: CR
+  - name: CMP
+    description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: CMP
+  - name: ARR
+    description: LPTIM autoreload register.
+    byte_offset: 24
+    fieldset: ARR
+  - name: CNT
+    description: LPTIM counter register.
+    byte_offset: 28
+    fieldset: CNT
+  - name: OR
+    description: LPTIM option register.
+    byte_offset: 32
+fieldset/ARR:
+  description: LPTIM autoreload register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ARR
+    description: Auto reload value ARR is the autoreload value for the LPTIM. This value must be strictly greater than the CCRx[15:0] value.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CFGR:
+  description: LPTIM configuration register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CKSEL
+    description: Clock selector The CKSEL bit selects which clock source the LPTIM uses:.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
+  - name: CKPOL
+    description: 'Clock Polarity When the LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source, CKPOL bits is used to configure the active edge or edges used by the counter: If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active. Refer to for more details about Encoder mode sub-modes.'
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: CKPOL
+  - name: CKFLT
+    description: Configurable digital filter for external clock The CKFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external clock signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: Filter
+  - name: TRGFLT
+    description: Configurable digital filter for trigger The TRGFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an internal trigger before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: Filter
+  - name: PRESC
+    description: Clock prescaler The PRESC bits configure the prescaler division factor. It can be one among the following division factors:.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 3
+    enum: PRESC
+  - name: TRIGSEL
+    description: 'Trigger selector The TRIGSEL bits select the trigger source that serves as a trigger event for the LPTIM among the below 8 available sources: See for details.'
+    bit_offset:
+    - start: 13
+      end: 15
+    - start: 29
+      end: 29
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: TRIGEN
+    description: Trigger enable and polarity The TRIGEN bits controls whether the LPTIM counter is started by an external trigger or not. If the external trigger option is selected, three configurations are possible for the trigger active edge:.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: TRIGEN
+  - name: TIMOUT
+    description: Timeout enable The TIMOUT bit controls the Timeout feature.
+    bit_offset: 19
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WAVE
+    description: Waveform shape The WAVE bit controls the output shape.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WAVPOL
+    description: 'Waveform shape polarity The WAVEPOL bit controls the output polarity Note: If the LPTIM implements at least one capture/compare channel, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: WAVPOL
+  - name: PRELOAD
+    description: Registers update mode The PRELOAD bit controls the LPTIM_ARR, LPTIM_RCR and the LPTIM_CCRx registers update modality.
+    bit_offset: 22
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: COUNTMODE
+    description: counter mode enabled The COUNTMODE bit selects which clock source is used by the LPTIM to clock the counter:.
+    bit_offset: 23
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
+  - name: ENC
+    description: 'Encoder mode enable The ENC bit controls the Encoder mode Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CMP:
+  description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+  fields:
+  - name: CMP
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the capture/compare 1 register. Depending on the PRELOAD option, the CCR1 register is immediately updated if the PRELOAD bit is reset and updated at next LPTIM update event if PREOAD bit is reset. The capture/compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 contains the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event. The LPTIM_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. If LPTIM does not implement any channel: The compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on LPTIM output.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CNT:
+  description: LPTIM counter register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CNT
+    description: Counter value When the LPTIM is running with an asynchronous clock, reading the LPTIM_CNT register may return unreliable values. So in this case it is necessary to perform two consecutive read accesses and verify that the two returned values are identical.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CR:
+  description: LPTIM control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ENABLE
+    description: LPTIM enable The ENABLE bit is set and cleared by software.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SNGSTRT
+    description: LPTIM start in Single mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when the LPTIM is in continuous counting mode, then the LPTIM stops at the following match between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers. This bit can only be set when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CNTSTRT
+    description: Timer start in Continuous mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in Continuous mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the timer in Continuous mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when a single pulse mode counting is ongoing, then the timer does not stop at the next match between the LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers and the LPTIM counter keeps counting in Continuous mode. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: COUNTRST
+    description: Counter reset This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. When set to '1' this bit triggers a synchronous reset of the LPTIM_CNT counter register. Due to the synchronous nature of this reset, it only takes place after a synchronization delay of 3 LPTimer core clock cycles (LPTimer core clock may be different from APB clock). This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware. COUNTRST must never be set to '1' by software before it is already cleared to '0' by hardware. Software should consequently check that COUNTRST bit is already cleared to '0' before attempting to set it to '1'.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RSTARE
+    description: Reset after read enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When RSTARE is set to '1', any read access to LPTIM_CNT register asynchronously resets LPTIM_CNT register content. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ICR:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCCF
+    description: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRMCF
+    description: Autoreload match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARRM flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIGCF
+    description: External trigger valid edge clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EXTTRIG flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOKCF
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP1OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROKCF
+    description: Autoreload register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UPCF
+    description: 'Direction change to UP clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UP flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWNCF
+    description: 'Direction change to down clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the DOWN flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/IER:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIE
+    description: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRMIE
+    description: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIGIE
+    description: External trigger valid edge Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOKIE
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROKIE
+    description: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UPIE
+    description: 'Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWNIE
+    description: 'Direction change to down Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ISR:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIF
+    description: Compare 1 interrupt flag The CC1IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. The CC1IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC1CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRM
+    description: Autoreload match ARRM is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register’s value reached the LPTIM_ARR register’s value. ARRM flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARRMCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIG
+    description: External trigger edge event EXTTRIG is set by hardware to inform application that a valid edge on the selected external trigger input has occurred. If the trigger is ignored because the timer has already started, then this flag is not set. EXTTRIG flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the EXTTRIGCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOK
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK CMP1OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR1 register has been successfully completed. CMP1OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP1OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROK
+    description: Autoreload register update OK ARROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_ARR register has been successfully completed. ARROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UP
+    description: 'Counter direction change down to up In Encoder mode, UP bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from down to up. UP flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UPCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWN
+    description: 'Counter direction change up to down In Encoder mode, DOWN bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from up to down. DOWN flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DOWNCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+enum/CKPOL:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Rising
+    description: the rising edge is the active edge used for counting. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Falling
+    description: the falling edge is the active edge used for counting. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active.
+    value: 1
+  - name: Both
+    description: both edges are active edges. When both external clock signal edges are considered active ones, the LPTIM must also be clocked by an internal clock source with a frequency equal to at least four times the external clock frequency. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 3 is active.
+    value: 2
+enum/ClockSource:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Internal
+    description: clocked by internal clock source (APB clock or any of the embedded oscillators)
+    value: 0
+  - name: External
+    description: clocked by an external clock source through the LPTIM external Input1
+    value: 1
+enum/Filter:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Count1
+    value: 0
+  - name: Count2
+    value: 1
+  - name: Count4
+    value: 2
+  - name: Count8
+    value: 3
+enum/PRESC:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: Div1
+    value: 0
+  - name: Div2
+    value: 1
+  - name: Div4
+    value: 2
+  - name: Div8
+    value: 3
+  - name: Div16
+    value: 4
+  - name: Div32
+    value: 5
+  - name: Div64
+    value: 6
+  - name: Div128
+    value: 7
+enum/TRIGEN:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Software
+    description: software trigger (counting start is initiated by software)
+    value: 0
+  - name: RisingEdge
+    description: rising edge is the active edge
+    value: 1
+  - name: FallingEdge
+    description: falling edge is the active edge
+    value: 2
+  - name: BothEdge
+    description: both edges are active edges
+    value: 3
+enum/WAVPOL:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Positive
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Negative
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the inverse of the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 1

data/registers/lptim_v1b_h7.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+block/LPTIM:
+  description: Low power timer with Output Compare
+  items:
+  - name: ISR
+    description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: ISR
+  - name: ICR
+    description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
+    byte_offset: 4
+    fieldset: ICR
+  - name: IER
+    description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
+    byte_offset: 8
+    fieldset: IER
+  - name: CFGR
+    description: LPTIM configuration register.
+    byte_offset: 12
+    fieldset: CFGR
+  - name: CR
+    description: LPTIM control register.
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: CR
+  - name: CMP
+    description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: CMP
+  - name: ARR
+    description: LPTIM autoreload register.
+    byte_offset: 24
+    fieldset: ARR
+  - name: CNT
+    description: LPTIM counter register.
+    byte_offset: 28
+    fieldset: CNT
+  - name: CFGR2
+    description: LPTIM configuration register 2.
+    byte_offset: 36
+    fieldset: CFGR2
+fieldset/ARR:
+  description: LPTIM autoreload register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ARR
+    description: Auto reload value ARR is the autoreload value for the LPTIM. This value must be strictly greater than the CCRx[15:0] value.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CFGR:
+  description: LPTIM configuration register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CKSEL
+    description: Clock selector The CKSEL bit selects which clock source the LPTIM uses:.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
+  - name: CKPOL
+    description: 'Clock Polarity When the LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source, CKPOL bits is used to configure the active edge or edges used by the counter: If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active. Refer to for more details about Encoder mode sub-modes.'
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: CKPOL
+  - name: CKFLT
+    description: Configurable digital filter for external clock The CKFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external clock signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: Filter
+  - name: TRGFLT
+    description: Configurable digital filter for trigger The TRGFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an internal trigger before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: Filter
+  - name: PRESC
+    description: Clock prescaler The PRESC bits configure the prescaler division factor. It can be one among the following division factors:.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 3
+    enum: PRESC
+  - name: TRIGSEL
+    description: 'Trigger selector The TRIGSEL bits select the trigger source that serves as a trigger event for the LPTIM among the below 8 available sources: See for details.'
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: TRIGEN
+    description: Trigger enable and polarity The TRIGEN bits controls whether the LPTIM counter is started by an external trigger or not. If the external trigger option is selected, three configurations are possible for the trigger active edge:.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: TRIGEN
+  - name: TIMOUT
+    description: Timeout enable The TIMOUT bit controls the Timeout feature.
+    bit_offset: 19
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WAVE
+    description: Waveform shape The WAVE bit controls the output shape.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WAVPOL
+    description: 'Waveform shape polarity The WAVEPOL bit controls the output polarity Note: If the LPTIM implements at least one capture/compare channel, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: WAVPOL
+  - name: PRELOAD
+    description: Registers update mode The PRELOAD bit controls the LPTIM_ARR, LPTIM_RCR and the LPTIM_CCRx registers update modality.
+    bit_offset: 22
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: COUNTMODE
+    description: counter mode enabled The COUNTMODE bit selects which clock source is used by the LPTIM to clock the counter:.
+    bit_offset: 23
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
+  - name: ENC
+    description: 'Encoder mode enable The ENC bit controls the Encoder mode Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CFGR2:
+  description: LPTIM configuration register 2.
+  fields:
+  - name: INSEL
+    description: LPTIM input 1 selection The IN1SEL bits control the LPTIM input 1 multiplexer, which connects LPTIM input 1 to one of the available inputs. For connection details refer to.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 2
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 4
+fieldset/CMP:
+  description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+  fields:
+  - name: CMP
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the capture/compare 1 register. Depending on the PRELOAD option, the CCR1 register is immediately updated if the PRELOAD bit is reset and updated at next LPTIM update event if PREOAD bit is reset. The capture/compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 contains the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event. The LPTIM_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. If LPTIM does not implement any channel: The compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on LPTIM output.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CNT:
+  description: LPTIM counter register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CNT
+    description: Counter value When the LPTIM is running with an asynchronous clock, reading the LPTIM_CNT register may return unreliable values. So in this case it is necessary to perform two consecutive read accesses and verify that the two returned values are identical.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CR:
+  description: LPTIM control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ENABLE
+    description: LPTIM enable The ENABLE bit is set and cleared by software.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SNGSTRT
+    description: LPTIM start in Single mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when the LPTIM is in continuous counting mode, then the LPTIM stops at the following match between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers. This bit can only be set when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CNTSTRT
+    description: Timer start in Continuous mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in Continuous mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the timer in Continuous mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when a single pulse mode counting is ongoing, then the timer does not stop at the next match between the LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers and the LPTIM counter keeps counting in Continuous mode. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: COUNTRST
+    description: Counter reset This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. When set to '1' this bit triggers a synchronous reset of the LPTIM_CNT counter register. Due to the synchronous nature of this reset, it only takes place after a synchronization delay of 3 LPTimer core clock cycles (LPTimer core clock may be different from APB clock). This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware. COUNTRST must never be set to '1' by software before it is already cleared to '0' by hardware. Software should consequently check that COUNTRST bit is already cleared to '0' before attempting to set it to '1'.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RSTARE
+    description: Reset after read enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When RSTARE is set to '1', any read access to LPTIM_CNT register asynchronously resets LPTIM_CNT register content. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ICR:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCCF
+    description: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRMCF
+    description: Autoreload match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARRM flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIGCF
+    description: External trigger valid edge clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EXTTRIG flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOKCF
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP1OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROKCF
+    description: Autoreload register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UPCF
+    description: 'Direction change to UP clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UP flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWNCF
+    description: 'Direction change to down clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the DOWN flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/IER:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIE
+    description: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRMIE
+    description: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIGIE
+    description: External trigger valid edge Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOKIE
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROKIE
+    description: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UPIE
+    description: 'Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWNIE
+    description: 'Direction change to down Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ISR:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIF
+    description: Compare 1 interrupt flag The CC1IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. The CC1IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC1CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRM
+    description: Autoreload match ARRM is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register’s value reached the LPTIM_ARR register’s value. ARRM flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARRMCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIG
+    description: External trigger edge event EXTTRIG is set by hardware to inform application that a valid edge on the selected external trigger input has occurred. If the trigger is ignored because the timer has already started, then this flag is not set. EXTTRIG flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the EXTTRIGCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOK
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK CMP1OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR1 register has been successfully completed. CMP1OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP1OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROK
+    description: Autoreload register update OK ARROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_ARR register has been successfully completed. ARROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UP
+    description: 'Counter direction change down to up In Encoder mode, UP bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from down to up. UP flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UPCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWN
+    description: 'Counter direction change up to down In Encoder mode, DOWN bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from up to down. DOWN flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DOWNCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+enum/CKPOL:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Rising
+    description: the rising edge is the active edge used for counting. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Falling
+    description: the falling edge is the active edge used for counting. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active.
+    value: 1
+  - name: Both
+    description: both edges are active edges. When both external clock signal edges are considered active ones, the LPTIM must also be clocked by an internal clock source with a frequency equal to at least four times the external clock frequency. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 3 is active.
+    value: 2
+enum/ClockSource:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Internal
+    description: clocked by internal clock source (APB clock or any of the embedded oscillators)
+    value: 0
+  - name: External
+    description: clocked by an external clock source through the LPTIM external Input1
+    value: 1
+enum/Filter:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Count1
+    value: 0
+  - name: Count2
+    value: 1
+  - name: Count4
+    value: 2
+  - name: Count8
+    value: 3
+enum/PRESC:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: Div1
+    value: 0
+  - name: Div2
+    value: 1
+  - name: Div4
+    value: 2
+  - name: Div8
+    value: 3
+  - name: Div16
+    value: 4
+  - name: Div32
+    value: 5
+  - name: Div64
+    value: 6
+  - name: Div128
+    value: 7
+enum/TRIGEN:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Software
+    description: software trigger (counting start is initiated by software)
+    value: 0
+  - name: RisingEdge
+    description: rising edge is the active edge
+    value: 1
+  - name: FallingEdge
+    description: falling edge is the active edge
+    value: 2
+  - name: BothEdge
+    description: both edges are active edges
+    value: 3
+enum/WAVPOL:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Positive
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Negative
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the inverse of the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 1

data/registers/lptim_v1c.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+block/LPTIM:
+  description: Low power timer with Output Compare
+  items:
+  - name: ISR
+    description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: ISR
+  - name: ICR
+    description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
+    byte_offset: 4
+    fieldset: ICR
+  - name: IER
+    description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
+    byte_offset: 8
+    fieldset: IER
+  - name: CFGR
+    description: LPTIM configuration register.
+    byte_offset: 12
+    fieldset: CFGR
+  - name: CR
+    description: LPTIM control register.
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: CR
+  - name: CMP
+    description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: CMP
+  - name: ARR
+    description: LPTIM autoreload register.
+    byte_offset: 24
+    fieldset: ARR
+  - name: CNT
+    description: LPTIM counter register.
+    byte_offset: 28
+    fieldset: CNT
+  - name: OR
+    description: LPTIM option register.
+    byte_offset: 32
+  - name: RCR
+    description: LPTIM repetition register.
+    byte_offset: 40
+    fieldset: RCR
+fieldset/ARR:
+  description: LPTIM autoreload register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ARR
+    description: Auto reload value ARR is the autoreload value for the LPTIM. This value must be strictly greater than the CCRx[15:0] value.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CFGR:
+  description: LPTIM configuration register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CKSEL
+    description: Clock selector The CKSEL bit selects which clock source the LPTIM uses:.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
+  - name: CKPOL
+    description: 'Clock Polarity When the LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source, CKPOL bits is used to configure the active edge or edges used by the counter: If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active. Refer to for more details about Encoder mode sub-modes.'
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: CKPOL
+  - name: CKFLT
+    description: Configurable digital filter for external clock The CKFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external clock signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: Filter
+  - name: TRGFLT
+    description: Configurable digital filter for trigger The TRGFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an internal trigger before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: Filter
+  - name: PRESC
+    description: Clock prescaler The PRESC bits configure the prescaler division factor. It can be one among the following division factors:.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 3
+    enum: PRESC
+  - name: TRIGSEL
+    description: 'Trigger selector The TRIGSEL bits select the trigger source that serves as a trigger event for the LPTIM among the below 8 available sources: See for details.'
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 3
+  - name: TRIGEN
+    description: Trigger enable and polarity The TRIGEN bits controls whether the LPTIM counter is started by an external trigger or not. If the external trigger option is selected, three configurations are possible for the trigger active edge:.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: TRIGEN
+  - name: TIMOUT
+    description: Timeout enable The TIMOUT bit controls the Timeout feature.
+    bit_offset: 19
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WAVE
+    description: Waveform shape The WAVE bit controls the output shape.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: WAVPOL
+    description: 'Waveform shape polarity The WAVEPOL bit controls the output polarity Note: If the LPTIM implements at least one capture/compare channel, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: WAVPOL
+  - name: PRELOAD
+    description: Registers update mode The PRELOAD bit controls the LPTIM_ARR, LPTIM_RCR and the LPTIM_CCRx registers update modality.
+    bit_offset: 22
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: COUNTMODE
+    description: counter mode enabled The COUNTMODE bit selects which clock source is used by the LPTIM to clock the counter:.
+    bit_offset: 23
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
+  - name: ENC
+    description: 'Encoder mode enable The ENC bit controls the Encoder mode Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CMP:
+  description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+  fields:
+  - name: CMP
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the capture/compare 1 register. Depending on the PRELOAD option, the CCR1 register is immediately updated if the PRELOAD bit is reset and updated at next LPTIM update event if PREOAD bit is reset. The capture/compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 contains the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event. The LPTIM_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. If LPTIM does not implement any channel: The compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on LPTIM output.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CNT:
+  description: LPTIM counter register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CNT
+    description: Counter value When the LPTIM is running with an asynchronous clock, reading the LPTIM_CNT register may return unreliable values. So in this case it is necessary to perform two consecutive read accesses and verify that the two returned values are identical.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CR:
+  description: LPTIM control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: ENABLE
+    description: LPTIM enable The ENABLE bit is set and cleared by software.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SNGSTRT
+    description: LPTIM start in Single mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when the LPTIM is in continuous counting mode, then the LPTIM stops at the following match between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers. This bit can only be set when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CNTSTRT
+    description: Timer start in Continuous mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in Continuous mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the timer in Continuous mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when a single pulse mode counting is ongoing, then the timer does not stop at the next match between the LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers and the LPTIM counter keeps counting in Continuous mode. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: COUNTRST
+    description: Counter reset This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. When set to '1' this bit triggers a synchronous reset of the LPTIM_CNT counter register. Due to the synchronous nature of this reset, it only takes place after a synchronization delay of 3 LPTimer core clock cycles (LPTimer core clock may be different from APB clock). This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware. COUNTRST must never be set to '1' by software before it is already cleared to '0' by hardware. Software should consequently check that COUNTRST bit is already cleared to '0' before attempting to set it to '1'.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RSTARE
+    description: Reset after read enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When RSTARE is set to '1', any read access to LPTIM_CNT register asynchronously resets LPTIM_CNT register content. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ICR:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCCF
+    description: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRMCF
+    description: Autoreload match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARRM flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIGCF
+    description: External trigger valid edge clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EXTTRIG flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOKCF
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP1OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROKCF
+    description: Autoreload register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UPCF
+    description: 'Direction change to UP clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UP flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWNCF
+    description: 'Direction change to down clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the DOWN flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UECF
+    description: Update event clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UE flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: REPOKCF
+    description: Repetition register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the REPOK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/IER:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIE
+    description: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRMIE
+    description: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIGIE
+    description: External trigger valid edge Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOKIE
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROKIE
+    description: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UPIE
+    description: 'Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWNIE
+    description: 'Direction change to down Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UEIE
+    description: Update event interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: REPOKIE
+    description: Repetition register update OK interrupt Enable.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ISR:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIF
+    description: Compare 1 interrupt flag The CC1IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. The CC1IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC1CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRM
+    description: Autoreload match ARRM is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register’s value reached the LPTIM_ARR register’s value. ARRM flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARRMCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIG
+    description: External trigger edge event EXTTRIG is set by hardware to inform application that a valid edge on the selected external trigger input has occurred. If the trigger is ignored because the timer has already started, then this flag is not set. EXTTRIG flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the EXTTRIGCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOK
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK CMP1OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR1 register has been successfully completed. CMP1OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP1OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROK
+    description: Autoreload register update OK ARROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_ARR register has been successfully completed. ARROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UP
+    description: 'Counter direction change down to up In Encoder mode, UP bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from down to up. UP flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UPCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWN
+    description: 'Counter direction change up to down In Encoder mode, DOWN bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from up to down. DOWN flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DOWNCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UE
+    description: LPTIM update event occurred UE is set by hardware to inform application that an update event was generated. UE flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UECF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: REPOK
+    description: Repetition register update OK REPOK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_RCR register has been successfully completed. REPOK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the REPOKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/RCR:
+  description: LPTIM repetition register.
+  fields:
+  - name: REP
+    description: Repetition register value REP is the repetition value for the LPTIM.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+enum/CKPOL:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Rising
+    description: the rising edge is the active edge used for counting. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Falling
+    description: the falling edge is the active edge used for counting. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active.
+    value: 1
+  - name: Both
+    description: both edges are active edges. When both external clock signal edges are considered active ones, the LPTIM must also be clocked by an internal clock source with a frequency equal to at least four times the external clock frequency. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 3 is active.
+    value: 2
+enum/ClockSource:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Internal
+    description: clocked by internal clock source (APB clock or any of the embedded oscillators)
+    value: 0
+  - name: External
+    description: clocked by an external clock source through the LPTIM external Input1
+    value: 1
+enum/Filter:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Count1
+    value: 0
+  - name: Count2
+    value: 1
+  - name: Count4
+    value: 2
+  - name: Count8
+    value: 3
+enum/PRESC:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: Div1
+    value: 0
+  - name: Div2
+    value: 1
+  - name: Div4
+    value: 2
+  - name: Div8
+    value: 3
+  - name: Div16
+    value: 4
+  - name: Div32
+    value: 5
+  - name: Div64
+    value: 6
+  - name: Div128
+    value: 7
+enum/TRIGEN:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Software
+    description: software trigger (counting start is initiated by software)
+    value: 0
+  - name: RisingEdge
+    description: rising edge is the active edge
+    value: 1
+  - name: FallingEdge
+    description: falling edge is the active edge
+    value: 2
+  - name: BothEdge
+    description: both edges are active edges
+    value: 3
+enum/WAVPOL:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Positive
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Negative
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the inverse of the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 1

data/registers/lptim_v2a.yaml

@@ -1,198 +1,292 @@
-block/LPTIM:
-  description: Low power timer.
+block/LPTIM_ADV:
+  extends: LPTIM_BASIC
+  description: Low power timer with Output Compare
   items:
   - name: ISR
-    description: Interrupt and Status Register.
+    description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
     byte_offset: 0
-    access: Read
-    fieldset: ISR
+    fieldset: ISR_ADV
   - name: ICR
-    description: Interrupt Clear Register.
+    description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
     byte_offset: 4
-    access: Write
-    fieldset: ICR
-  - name: IER
-    description: Interrupt Enable Register.
+    fieldset: ICR_ADV
+  - name: DIER
+    description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
     byte_offset: 8
-    fieldset: IER
+    fieldset: DIER_ADV
+  - name: CCR
+    description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 32
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: CCR
+  - name: CCMR
+    description: LPTIM capture/compare mode register 1.
+    byte_offset: 44
+    fieldset: CCMR
+block/LPTIM_BASIC:
+  description: Low power timer with Output Compare
+  items:
+  - name: ISR
+    description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: ISR_BASIC
+  - name: ICR
+    description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
+    byte_offset: 4
+    fieldset: ICR_BASIC
+  - name: DIER
+    description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
+    byte_offset: 8
+    fieldset: DIER_BASIC
   - name: CFGR
-    description: Configuration Register.
+    description: LPTIM configuration register.
     byte_offset: 12
     fieldset: CFGR
   - name: CR
-    description: Control Register.
+    description: LPTIM control register.
     byte_offset: 16
     fieldset: CR
-  - name: CMP
-    description: Compare Register.
+  - name: CCR
+    description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 32
     byte_offset: 20
-    fieldset: CMP
+    fieldset: CCR
   - name: ARR
-    description: Autoreload Register.
+    description: LPTIM autoreload register.
     byte_offset: 24
     fieldset: ARR
   - name: CNT
-    description: Counter Register.
+    description: LPTIM counter register.
     byte_offset: 28
-    access: Read
     fieldset: CNT
-  - name: OR
-    description: LPTIM option register.
-    byte_offset: 32
+  - name: CFGR2
+    description: LPTIM configuration register 2.
+    byte_offset: 36
+    fieldset: CFGR2
   - name: RCR
     description: LPTIM repetition register.
     byte_offset: 40
     fieldset: RCR
 fieldset/ARR:
-  description: Autoreload Register.
+  description: LPTIM autoreload register.
   fields:
   - name: ARR
-    description: Auto reload value.
+    description: Auto reload value ARR is the autoreload value for the LPTIM. This value must be strictly greater than the CCRx[15:0] value.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+fieldset/CCMR:
+  description: LPTIM capture/compare mode register 1.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCSEL
+    description: Capture/compare 1 selection This bitfield defines the direction of the channel input (capture) or output mode.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
+    enum: CCSEL
+  - name: CCE
+    description: Capture/compare 1 output enable. This bit determines if a capture of the counter value can actually be done into the input capture/compare register 1 (LPTIM_CCR1) or not.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
+  - name: CCP_Input
+    description: Capture/compare 1 output polarity. Only bit2 is used to set polarity when output mode is enabled, bit3 is don't care. This field is used to select the IC1 polarity for capture operations.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 2
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
+    enum: CCP_Input
+  - name: CCP_Output
+    description: Capture/compare 1 output polarity. Only bit2 is used to set polarity when output mode is enabled, bit3 is don't care. This field is used to select the IC1 polarity for capture operations.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 2
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
+    enum: CCP_Output
+  - name: ICPSC
+    description: Input capture 1 prescaler This bitfield defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on the CC1 input (IC1).
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 2
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
+    enum: Filter
+  - name: ICF
+    description: Input capture 1 filter This bitfield defines the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external input capture signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 2
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
+    enum: Filter
+fieldset/CCR:
+  description: LPTIM compare register 1.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCR
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the capture/compare 1 register. Depending on the PRELOAD option, the CCR1 register is immediately updated if the PRELOAD bit is reset and updated at next LPTIM update event if PREOAD bit is reset. The capture/compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 contains the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event. The LPTIM_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. If LPTIM does not implement any channel: The compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on LPTIM output.'
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 16
 fieldset/CFGR:
-  description: Configuration Register.
+  description: LPTIM configuration register.
   fields:
   - name: CKSEL
-    description: Clock selector.
+    description: Clock selector The CKSEL bit selects which clock source the LPTIM uses:.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CKSEL
+    enum: ClockSource
   - name: CKPOL
-    description: Clock Polarity.
+    description: 'Clock Polarity When the LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source, CKPOL bits is used to configure the active edge or edges used by the counter: If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active. Refer to for more details about Encoder mode sub-modes.'
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 2
     enum: CKPOL
   - name: CKFLT
-    description: Configurable digital filter for external clock.
+    description: Configurable digital filter for external clock The CKFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external clock signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 2
     enum: Filter
   - name: TRGFLT
-    description: Configurable digital filter for trigger.
+    description: Configurable digital filter for trigger The TRGFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an internal trigger before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
     bit_offset: 6
     bit_size: 2
     enum: Filter
   - name: PRESC
-    description: Clock prescaler.
+    description: Clock prescaler The PRESC bits configure the prescaler division factor. It can be one among the following division factors:.
     bit_offset: 9
     bit_size: 3
     enum: PRESC
   - name: TRIGSEL
-    description: Trigger selector.
+    description: 'Trigger selector The TRIGSEL bits select the trigger source that serves as a trigger event for the LPTIM among the below 8 available sources: See for details.'
     bit_offset: 13
     bit_size: 3
   - name: TRIGEN
-    description: Trigger enable and polarity.
+    description: Trigger enable and polarity The TRIGEN bits controls whether the LPTIM counter is started by an external trigger or not. If the external trigger option is selected, three configurations are possible for the trigger active edge:.
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 2
+    enum: TRIGEN
   - name: TIMOUT
-    description: Timeout enable.
+    description: Timeout enable The TIMOUT bit controls the Timeout feature.
     bit_offset: 19
     bit_size: 1
   - name: WAVE
-    description: Waveform shape.
+    description: Waveform shape The WAVE bit controls the output shape.
     bit_offset: 20
     bit_size: 1
   - name: WAVPOL
-    description: Waveform shape polarity.
+    description: 'Waveform shape polarity The WAVEPOL bit controls the output polarity Note: If the LPTIM implements at least one capture/compare channel, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 21
     bit_size: 1
+    enum: WAVPOL
   - name: PRELOAD
-    description: Registers update mode.
+    description: Registers update mode The PRELOAD bit controls the LPTIM_ARR, LPTIM_RCR and the LPTIM_CCRx registers update modality.
     bit_offset: 22
     bit_size: 1
   - name: COUNTMODE
-    description: counter mode enabled.
+    description: counter mode enabled The COUNTMODE bit selects which clock source is used by the LPTIM to clock the counter:.
     bit_offset: 23
     bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
   - name: ENC
-    description: Encoder mode enable.
+    description: 'Encoder mode enable The ENC bit controls the Encoder mode Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 24
     bit_size: 1
-fieldset/CMP:
-  description: Compare Register.
+fieldset/CFGR2:
+  description: LPTIM configuration register 2.
   fields:
-  - name: CMP
-    description: Compare value.
+  - name: INSEL
+    description: LPTIM input 1 selection The IN1SEL bits control the LPTIM input 1 multiplexer, which connects LPTIM input 1 to one of the available inputs. For connection details refer to.
     bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 16
+    bit_size: 2
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 4
+  - name: ICSEL
+    description: LPTIM input capture 1 selection The IC1SEL bits control the LPTIM Input capture 1 multiplexer, which connects LPTIM Input capture 1 to one of the available inputs. For connection details refer to.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 2
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 4
 fieldset/CNT:
-  description: Counter Register.
+  description: LPTIM counter register.
   fields:
   - name: CNT
-    description: Counter value.
+    description: Counter value When the LPTIM is running with an asynchronous clock, reading the LPTIM_CNT register may return unreliable values. So in this case it is necessary to perform two consecutive read accesses and verify that the two returned values are identical.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 16
 fieldset/CR:
-  description: Control Register.
+  description: LPTIM control register.
   fields:
   - name: ENABLE
-    description: LPTIM Enable.
+    description: LPTIM enable The ENABLE bit is set and cleared by software.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
   - name: SNGSTRT
-    description: LPTIM start in single mode.
+    description: LPTIM start in Single mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when the LPTIM is in continuous counting mode, then the LPTIM stops at the following match between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers. This bit can only be set when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
   - name: CNTSTRT
-    description: Timer start in continuous mode.
+    description: Timer start in Continuous mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in Continuous mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the timer in Continuous mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when a single pulse mode counting is ongoing, then the timer does not stop at the next match between the LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers and the LPTIM counter keeps counting in Continuous mode. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware.
     bit_offset: 2
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: RSTARE
-    description: Reset after read enable.
-    bit_offset: 3
-    bit_size: 1
   - name: COUNTRST
-    description: Counter reset.
-    bit_offset: 4
-    bit_size: 1
-fieldset/ICR:
-  description: Interrupt Clear Register.
-  fields:
-  - name: CMPMCF
-    description: compare match Clear Flag.
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-  - name: ARRMCF
-    description: Autoreload match Clear Flag.
-    bit_offset: 1
-    bit_size: 1
-  - name: EXTTRIGCF
-    description: External trigger valid edge Clear Flag.
-    bit_offset: 2
-    bit_size: 1
-  - name: CMPOKCF
-    description: Compare register update OK Clear Flag.
+    description: Counter reset This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. When set to '1' this bit triggers a synchronous reset of the LPTIM_CNT counter register. Due to the synchronous nature of this reset, it only takes place after a synchronization delay of 3 LPTimer core clock cycles (LPTimer core clock may be different from APB clock). This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware. COUNTRST must never be set to '1' by software before it is already cleared to '0' by hardware. Software should consequently check that COUNTRST bit is already cleared to '0' before attempting to set it to '1'.
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ARROKCF
-    description: Autoreload register update OK Clear Flag.
+  - name: RSTARE
+    description: Reset after read enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When RSTARE is set to '1', any read access to LPTIM_CNT register asynchronously resets LPTIM_CNT register content. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled.
     bit_offset: 4
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: UPCF
-    description: Direction change to UP Clear Flag.
-    bit_offset: 5
-    bit_size: 1
-  - name: DOWNCF
-    description: Direction change to down Clear Flag.
-    bit_offset: 6
-    bit_size: 1
-  - name: UECF
-    description: Update event clear flag.
-    bit_offset: 7
-    bit_size: 1
-  - name: REPOKCF
-    description: Repetition register update OK clear flag.
-    bit_offset: 8
-    bit_size: 1
-fieldset/IER:
-  description: Interrupt Enable Register.
+fieldset/DIER_ADV:
+  extends: DIER_BASIC
+  description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
   fields:
-  - name: CMPMIE
-    description: Compare match Interrupt Enable.
+  - name: CCIE
+    description: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 9
+  - name: CMPOKIE
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
+  - name: CCOIE
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 over-capture interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 1
+  - name: CCDE
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 DMA request enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 9
+fieldset/DIER_BASIC:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIE
+    description: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
   - name: ARRMIE
     description: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable.
     bit_offset: 1
@@ -202,19 +296,22 @@ fieldset/IER:
     bit_offset: 2
     bit_size: 1
   - name: CMPOKIE
-    description: Compare register update OK Interrupt Enable.
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK interrupt enable.
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
   - name: ARROKIE
     description: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable.
     bit_offset: 4
     bit_size: 1
   - name: UPIE
-    description: Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable.
+    description: 'Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 5
     bit_size: 1
   - name: DOWNIE
-    description: Direction change to down Interrupt Enable.
+    description: 'Direction change to down Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 6
     bit_size: 1
   - name: UEIE
@@ -222,55 +319,189 @@ fieldset/IER:
     bit_offset: 7
     bit_size: 1
   - name: REPOKIE
-    description: REPOKIE.
+    description: Repetition register update OK interrupt Enable.
     bit_offset: 8
     bit_size: 1
-fieldset/ISR:
-  description: Interrupt and Status Register.
+fieldset/ICR_ADV:
+  extends: ICR_BASIC
+  description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
   fields:
-  - name: CMPM
-    description: Compare match.
+  - name: CCCF
+    description: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 9
+  - name: CMPOKCF
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP1OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
+  - name: CCOCF
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 over-capture clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1OF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 1
+fieldset/ICR_BASIC:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCCF
+    description: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
+  - name: ARRMCF
+    description: Autoreload match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARRM flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EXTTRIGCF
+    description: External trigger valid edge clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EXTTRIG flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CMPOKCF
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP1OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
+  - name: ARROKCF
+    description: Autoreload register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UPCF
+    description: 'Direction change to UP clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UP flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DOWNCF
+    description: 'Direction change to down clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the DOWN flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UECF
+    description: Update event clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UE flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: REPOKCF
+    description: Repetition register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the REPOK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DIEROKCF
+    description: Interrupt enable register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the DIEROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ISR_ADV:
+  extends: ISR_BASIC
+  description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIF
+    description: Compare 1 interrupt flag The CC1IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. The CC1IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC1CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 9
+  - name: CMPOK
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK CMP1OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR1 register has been successfully completed. CMP1OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP1OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 16
+  - name: CCOF
+    description: 'Capture 1 over-capture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the CC1OCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 1
+fieldset/ISR_BASIC:
+  description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: CCIF
+    description: Compare 1 interrupt flag The CC1IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. The CC1IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC1CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 9
   - name: ARRM
-    description: Autoreload match.
+    description: Autoreload match ARRM is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register’s value reached the LPTIM_ARR register’s value. ARRM flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARRMCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
   - name: EXTTRIG
-    description: External trigger edge event.
+    description: External trigger edge event EXTTRIG is set by hardware to inform application that a valid edge on the selected external trigger input has occurred. If the trigger is ignored because the timer has already started, then this flag is not set. EXTTRIG flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the EXTTRIGCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 2
     bit_size: 1
   - name: CMPOK
-    description: Compare register update OK.
+    description: Compare register 1 update OK CMP1OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR1 register has been successfully completed. CMP1OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP1OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 1
+      stride: 16
   - name: ARROK
-    description: Autoreload register update OK.
+    description: Autoreload register update OK ARROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_ARR register has been successfully completed. ARROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 4
     bit_size: 1
   - name: UP
-    description: Counter direction change down to up.
+    description: 'Counter direction change down to up In Encoder mode, UP bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from down to up. UP flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UPCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 5
     bit_size: 1
   - name: DOWN
-    description: Counter direction change up to down.
+    description: 'Counter direction change up to down In Encoder mode, DOWN bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from up to down. DOWN flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DOWNCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 6
     bit_size: 1
   - name: UE
-    description: LPTIM update event occurred.
+    description: LPTIM update event occurred UE is set by hardware to inform application that an update event was generated. UE flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UECF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 7
     bit_size: 1
   - name: REPOK
-    description: Repetition register update Ok.
+    description: Repetition register update OK REPOK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_RCR register has been successfully completed. REPOK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the REPOKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 8
     bit_size: 1
+  - name: DIEROK
+    description: Interrupt enable register update OK DIEROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_DIER register has been successfully completed. DIEROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DIEROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
 fieldset/RCR:
   description: LPTIM repetition register.
   fields:
   - name: REP
-    description: Repetition register value.
+    description: Repetition register value REP is the repetition value for the LPTIM.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 8
+enum/CCP_Input:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Rising
+    value: 0
+  - name: Falling
+    value: 1
+  - name: Both
+    value: 3
+enum/CCP_Output:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: ActiveHigh
+    value: 0
+  - name: ActiveLow
+    value: 1
+enum/CCSEL:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: OutputCompare
+    description: channel is configured in output PWM mode
+    value: 0
+  - name: InputCapture
+    description: channel is configured in input capture mode
+    value: 1
 enum/CKPOL:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:
@@ -283,14 +514,14 @@ enum/CKPOL:
   - name: Both
     description: both edges are active edges. When both external clock signal edges are considered active ones, the LPTIM must also be clocked by an internal clock source with a frequency equal to at least four times the external clock frequency. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 3 is active.
     value: 2
-enum/CKSEL:
+enum/ClockSource:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
   - name: Internal
-    description: LPTIM is clocked by internal clock source (APB clock or any of the embedded oscillators)
+    description: clocked by internal clock source (APB clock or any of the embedded oscillators)
     value: 0
   - name: External
-    description: LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source through the LPTIM external Input1
+    description: clocked by an external clock source through the LPTIM external Input1
     value: 1
 enum/Filter:
   bit_size: 2
@@ -322,3 +553,27 @@ enum/PRESC:
     value: 6
   - name: Div128
     value: 7
+enum/TRIGEN:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Software
+    description: software trigger (counting start is initiated by software)
+    value: 0
+  - name: RisingEdge
+    description: rising edge is the active edge
+    value: 1
+  - name: FallingEdge
+    description: falling edge is the active edge
+    value: 2
+  - name: BothEdge
+    description: both edges are active edges
+    value: 3
+enum/WAVPOL:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Positive
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Negative
+    description: The LPTIM output reflects the inverse of the compare results between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CMP registers.
+    value: 1

data/registers/lptim_v2b.yaml

@@ -1,45 +1,18 @@
-block/LPTIM_ADV:
-  extends: LPTIM_BASIC
+block/LPTIM:
   description: Low power timer with Output Compare
   items:
   - name: ISR
     description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
     byte_offset: 0
-    fieldset: ISR_ADV
+    fieldset: ISR
   - name: ICR
     description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
     byte_offset: 4
-    fieldset: ICR_ADV
+    fieldset: ICR
   - name: DIER
     description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
     byte_offset: 8
-    fieldset: DIER_ADV
-  - name: CCR
-    description: LPTIM compare register 1.
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 32
-    byte_offset: 20
-    fieldset: CCR
-  - name: CCMR
-    description: LPTIM capture/compare mode register 1.
-    byte_offset: 44
-    fieldset: CCMR
-block/LPTIM_BASIC:
-  description: Low power timer with Output Compare
-  items:
-  - name: ISR
-    description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
-    byte_offset: 0
-    fieldset: ISR_BASIC
-  - name: ICR
-    description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
-    byte_offset: 4
-    fieldset: ICR_BASIC
-  - name: DIER
-    description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
-    byte_offset: 8
-    fieldset: DIER_BASIC
+    fieldset: DIER
   - name: CFGR
     description: LPTIM configuration register.
     byte_offset: 12
@@ -51,8 +24,11 @@ block/LPTIM_BASIC:
   - name: CCR
     description: LPTIM compare register 1.
     array:
-      len: 1
-      stride: 32
+      offsets:
+      - 0
+      - 32
+      - 36
+      - 40
     byte_offset: 20
     fieldset: CCR
   - name: ARR
@@ -71,6 +47,13 @@ block/LPTIM_BASIC:
     description: LPTIM repetition register.
     byte_offset: 40
     fieldset: RCR
+  - name: CCMR
+    description: LPTIM capture/compare mode register 1.
+    array:
+      len: 2
+      stride: 1
+    byte_offset: 44
+    fieldset: CCMR
 fieldset/ARR:
   description: LPTIM autoreload register.
   fields:
@@ -142,7 +125,7 @@ fieldset/CFGR:
     description: Clock selector The CKSEL bit selects which clock source the LPTIM uses:.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: CKSEL
+    enum: ClockSource
   - name: CKPOL
     description: 'Clock Polarity When the LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source, CKPOL bits is used to configure the active edge or edges used by the counter: If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active. Refer to for more details about Encoder mode sub-modes.'
     bit_offset: 1
@@ -180,10 +163,6 @@ fieldset/CFGR:
     description: Waveform shape The WAVE bit controls the output shape.
     bit_offset: 20
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: WAVPOL
-    description: 'Waveform shape polarity The WAVEPOL bit controls the output polarity Note: If the LPTIM implements at least one capture/compare channel, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
-    bit_offset: 21
-    bit_size: 1
   - name: PRELOAD
     description: Registers update mode The PRELOAD bit controls the LPTIM_ARR, LPTIM_RCR and the LPTIM_CCRx registers update modality.
     bit_offset: 22
@@ -192,6 +171,7 @@ fieldset/CFGR:
     description: counter mode enabled The COUNTMODE bit selects which clock source is used by the LPTIM to clock the counter:.
     bit_offset: 23
     bit_size: 1
+    enum: ClockSource
   - name: ENC
     description: 'Encoder mode enable The ENC bit controls the Encoder mode Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 24
@@ -243,8 +223,7 @@ fieldset/CR:
     description: Reset after read enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When RSTARE is set to '1', any read access to LPTIM_CNT register asynchronously resets LPTIM_CNT register content. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled.
     bit_offset: 4
     bit_size: 1
-fieldset/DIER_ADV:
-  extends: DIER_BASIC
+fieldset/DIER:
   description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
   fields:
   - name: CCIE
@@ -252,39 +231,11 @@ fieldset/DIER_ADV:
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
     array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 9
-  - name: CMPOKIE
-    description: Compare register 1 update OK interrupt enable.
-    bit_offset: 3
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 16
-  - name: CCOIE
-    description: 'Capture/compare 1 over-capture interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
-    bit_offset: 12
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 1
-  - name: CCDE
-    description: 'Capture/compare 1 DMA request enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
-    bit_offset: 16
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 9
-fieldset/DIER_BASIC:
-  description: LPTIM interrupt enable register.
-  fields:
-  - name: CCIE
-    description: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 1
-      stride: 9
+      offsets:
+      - 0
+      - 9
+      - 10
+      - 11
   - name: ARRMIE
     description: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable.
     bit_offset: 1
@@ -298,8 +249,11 @@ fieldset/DIER_BASIC:
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 1
     array:
-      len: 1
-      stride: 16
+      offsets:
+      - 0
+      - 16
+      - 17
+      - 18
   - name: ARROKIE
     description: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable.
     bit_offset: 4
@@ -320,32 +274,24 @@ fieldset/DIER_BASIC:
     description: Repetition register update OK interrupt Enable.
     bit_offset: 8
     bit_size: 1
-fieldset/ICR_ADV:
-  extends: ICR_BASIC
-  description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
-  fields:
-  - name: CCCF
-    description: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 9
-  - name: CMPOKCF
-    description: Compare register 1 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP1OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
-    bit_offset: 3
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 16
-  - name: CCOCF
-    description: 'Capture/compare 1 over-capture clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1OF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+  - name: CCOIE
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 over-capture interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
     bit_offset: 12
     bit_size: 1
     array:
-      len: 2
+      len: 4
       stride: 1
-fieldset/ICR_BASIC:
+  - name: CCDE
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 DMA request enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      offsets:
+      - 0
+      - 9
+      - 10
+      - 11
+fieldset/ICR:
   description: LPTIM interrupt clear register.
   fields:
   - name: CCCF
@@ -353,8 +299,11 @@ fieldset/ICR_BASIC:
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
     array:
-      len: 1
-      stride: 9
+      offsets:
+      - 0
+      - 9
+      - 10
+      - 11
   - name: ARRMCF
     description: Autoreload match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARRM flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
     bit_offset: 1
@@ -368,8 +317,11 @@ fieldset/ICR_BASIC:
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 1
     array:
-      len: 1
-      stride: 16
+      offsets:
+      - 0
+      - 16
+      - 17
+      - 18
   - name: ARROKCF
     description: Autoreload register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
     bit_offset: 4
@@ -390,12 +342,18 @@ fieldset/ICR_BASIC:
     description: Repetition register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the REPOK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
     bit_offset: 8
     bit_size: 1
+  - name: CCOCF
+    description: 'Capture/compare 1 over-capture clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1OF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 4
+      stride: 1
   - name: DIEROKCF
     description: Interrupt enable register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the DIEROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
     bit_offset: 24
     bit_size: 1
-fieldset/ISR_ADV:
-  extends: ISR_BASIC
+fieldset/ISR:
   description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
   fields:
   - name: CCIF
@@ -403,32 +361,11 @@ fieldset/ISR_ADV:
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
     array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 9
-  - name: CMPOK
-    description: Compare register 1 update OK CMP1OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR1 register has been successfully completed. CMP1OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP1OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
-    bit_offset: 3
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 16
-  - name: CCOF
-    description: 'Capture 1 over-capture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the CC1OCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
-    bit_offset: 12
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 1
-fieldset/ISR_BASIC:
-  description: LPTIM interrupt and status register.
-  fields:
-  - name: CCIF
-    description: Compare 1 interrupt flag The CC1IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. The CC1IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC1CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 1
-    array:
-      len: 1
-      stride: 9
+      offsets:
+      - 0
+      - 9
+      - 10
+      - 11
   - name: ARRM
     description: Autoreload match ARRM is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register’s value reached the LPTIM_ARR register’s value. ARRM flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARRMCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 1
@@ -442,8 +379,11 @@ fieldset/ISR_BASIC:
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 1
     array:
-      len: 1
-      stride: 16
+      offsets:
+      - 0
+      - 16
+      - 17
+      - 18
   - name: ARROK
     description: Autoreload register update OK ARROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_ARR register has been successfully completed. ARROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 4
@@ -464,6 +404,13 @@ fieldset/ISR_BASIC:
     description: Repetition register update OK REPOK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_RCR register has been successfully completed. REPOK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the REPOKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 8
     bit_size: 1
+  - name: CCOF
+    description: 'Capture 1 over-capture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the CC1OCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to.'
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 4
+      stride: 1
   - name: DIEROK
     description: Interrupt enable register update OK DIEROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_DIER register has been successfully completed. DIEROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DIEROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register.
     bit_offset: 24
@@ -512,14 +459,14 @@ enum/CKPOL:
   - name: Both
     description: both edges are active edges. When both external clock signal edges are considered active ones, the LPTIM must also be clocked by an internal clock source with a frequency equal to at least four times the external clock frequency. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 3 is active.
     value: 2
-enum/CKSEL:
+enum/ClockSource:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
   - name: Internal
-    description: LPTIM is clocked by internal clock source (APB clock or any of the embedded oscillators)
+    description: clocked by internal clock source (APB clock or any of the embedded oscillators)
     value: 0
   - name: External
-    description: LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source through the LPTIM external Input1
+    description: clocked by an external clock source through the LPTIM external Input1
     value: 1
 enum/Filter:
   bit_size: 2

data/registers/ltdc_v1.yaml

@@ -145,14 +145,16 @@ fieldset/BCCR:
 fieldset/BFCR:
   description: Layerx Blending Factors Configuration Register
   fields:
-  - name: BF
+  - name: BF2
     description: Blending Factor 2
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 3
-    array:
-      len: 2
-      stride: 8
     enum: BF2
+  - name: BF1
+    description: Blending Factor 1
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 3
+    enum: BF1
 fieldset/BPCR:
   description: Back Porch Configuration Register
   fields:
@@ -470,6 +472,15 @@ fieldset/WVPCR:
     description: Window Vertical Stop Position
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 11
+enum/BF1:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: Constant
+    description: BF1 = constant alpha
+    value: 4
+  - name: Pixel
+    description: BF1 = pixel alpha * constant alpha
+    value: 7
 enum/BF2:
   bit_size: 3
   variants:

data/registers/opamp_u0.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+block/OPAMP:
+  description: OPAMP address block description.
+  items:
+  - name: CSR
+    description: OPAMP control/status register.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: CSR
+  - name: OTR
+    description: OPAMP offset trimming register in normal mode.
+    byte_offset: 4
+    fieldset: OTR
+  - name: LPOTR
+    description: OPAMP offset trimming register in low-power mode.
+    byte_offset: 8
+    fieldset: LPOTR
+fieldset/CSR:
+  description: OPAMP control/status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: OPAMPEN
+    description: Operational amplifier Enable.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OPALPM
+    description: Operational amplifier Low Power Mode. The operational amplifier must be disable to change this configuration.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: OPALPM
+  - name: OPAMODE
+    description: Operational amplifier PGA mode.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: OPAMODE
+  - name: PGA_GAIN
+    description: Operational amplifier Programmable amplifier gain value.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: PGA_GAIN
+  - name: VM_SEL
+    description: 'Inverting input selection. These bits are used only when OPAMODE = 00, 01 or 10. 1x: Inverting input not externally connected. These configurations are valid only when OPAMODE = 10 (PGA mode).'
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: VM_SEL
+  - name: VP_SEL
+    description: Non inverted input selection.
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: VP_SEL
+  - name: CALON
+    description: Calibration mode enabled.
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: CALON
+  - name: CALSEL
+    description: Calibration selection.
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: CALSEL
+  - name: USERTRIM
+    description: allows to switch from factory AOP offset trimmed values to AOP offset user trimmed values This bit is active for both mode normal and low-power.
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: USERTRIM
+  - name: CALOUT
+    description: Operational amplifier calibration output During calibration mode offset is trimmed when this signal toggle.
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OPA_RANGE
+    description: Operational amplifier power supply range for stability All AOP must be in power down to allow AOP-RANGE bit write. It applies to all AOP embedded in the product.
+    bit_offset: 31
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: OPA_RANGE
+fieldset/LPOTR:
+  description: OPAMP offset trimming register in low-power mode.
+  fields:
+  - name: TRIMLPOFFSETN
+    description: Low-power mode trim for NMOS differential pairs.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 5
+  - name: TRIMLPOFFSETP
+    description: Low-power mode trim for PMOS differential pairs.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 5
+fieldset/OTR:
+  description: OPAMP offset trimming register in normal mode.
+  fields:
+  - name: TRIMOFFSETN
+    description: Trim for NMOS differential pairs.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 5
+  - name: TRIMOFFSETP
+    description: Trim for PMOS differential pairs.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 5
+enum/CALON:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Normal
+    description: Normal mode.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Calibration
+    description: Calibration mode (all switches opened by HW).
+    value: 1
+enum/CALSEL:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: NMOS
+    description: NMOS calibration (200mV applied on OPAMP inputs).
+    value: 0
+  - name: PMOS
+    description: PMOS calibration (VDDA-200mV applied on OPAMP inputs).
+    value: 1
+enum/OPALPM:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Normal
+    description: operational amplifier in normal mode.
+    value: 0
+  - name: LowPower
+    description: operational amplifier in low-power mode.
+    value: 1
+enum/OPAMODE:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Disable
+    description: internal PGA disable.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Disable2
+    description: internal PGA disable. (Duplicate)
+    value: 1
+  - name: Enable
+    description: internal PGA enable, gain programmed in PGA_GAIN.
+    value: 2
+  - name: Follower
+    description: internal follower.
+    value: 3
+enum/OPA_RANGE:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Low
+    description: Low range (VDDA < 2.4V).
+    value: 0
+  - name: High
+    description: High range (VDDA > 2.4V).
+    value: 1
+enum/PGA_GAIN:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Gain2
+    description: internal PGA Gain 2.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Gain4
+    description: internal PGA Gain 4.
+    value: 1
+  - name: Gain8
+    description: internal PGA Gain 8.
+    value: 2
+  - name: Gain16
+    description: internal PGA Gain 16.
+    value: 3
+enum/USERTRIM:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Factory
+    description: Factory trim code used.
+    value: 0
+  - name: User
+    description: User trim code used.
+    value: 1
+enum/VM_SEL:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: VINM
+    description: GPIO connected to VINM (valid also in PGA mode for filtering).
+    value: 0
+  - name: NotConnected
+    description: Inverting input not externally connected. These configurations are valid only when OPAMODE = 10 (PGA mode)
+    value: 2
+enum/VP_SEL:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: VINP
+    description: GPIO connected to VINP.
+    value: 0
+  - name: DAC
+    description: DAC connected to VINP.
+    value: 1

data/registers/pwr_h50.yaml

@@ -1,267 +1,269 @@
 block/PWR:
-  description: Power control
+  description: Power control.
   items:
   - name: PMCR
-    description: PWR power mode control register
+    description: PWR power mode control register.
     byte_offset: 0
     fieldset: PMCR
   - name: PMSR
-    description: PWR status register
+    description: PWR status register.
     byte_offset: 4
     fieldset: PMSR
   - name: VOSCR
-    description: PWR voltage scaling control register
+    description: PWR voltage scaling control register.
     byte_offset: 16
     fieldset: VOSCR
   - name: VOSSR
-    description: PWR voltage scaling status register
+    description: PWR voltage scaling status register.
     byte_offset: 20
     fieldset: VOSSR
   - name: BDCR
-    description: PWR Backup domain control register
+    description: PWR Backup domain control register.
     byte_offset: 32
     fieldset: BDCR
   - name: DBPCR
-    description: PWR disable backup protection control register
+    description: PWR Backup domain control register.
     byte_offset: 36
     fieldset: DBPCR
   - name: BDSR
-    description: PWR Backup domain status register
+    description: PWR Backup domain status register.
     byte_offset: 40
     fieldset: BDSR
   - name: SCCR
-    description: PWR supply configuration control register
+    description: PWR supply configuration control register.
     byte_offset: 48
     fieldset: SCCR
   - name: VMCR
-    description: PWR voltage monitor control register
+    description: PWR voltage monitor control register.
     byte_offset: 52
     fieldset: VMCR
   - name: VMSR
-    description: PWR voltage monitor status register
+    description: PWR voltage monitor status register.
     byte_offset: 60
     fieldset: VMSR
   - name: WUSCR
-    description: PWR wakeup status clear register
+    description: PWR wakeup status clear register.
     byte_offset: 64
     fieldset: WUSCR
   - name: WUSR
-    description: PWR wakeup status register
+    description: PWR wakeup status register.
     byte_offset: 68
     fieldset: WUSR
   - name: WUCR
-    description: PWR wakeup configuration register
+    description: PWR wakeup configuration register.
     byte_offset: 72
     fieldset: WUCR
   - name: IORETR
-    description: PWR I/O retention register
+    description: PWR I/O retention register.
     byte_offset: 80
     fieldset: IORETR
   - name: PRIVCFGR
-    description: PWR privilege configuration register
+    description: PWR privilege configuration register.
     byte_offset: 260
     fieldset: PRIVCFGR
 fieldset/BDCR:
-  description: PWR Backup domain control register
+  description: PWR Backup domain control register.
   fields:
   - name: BREN
-    description: "Backup RAM retention in Standby and V<sub>BAT</sub> modes\r When this bit set, the backup regulator (used to maintain the backup RAM content in Standby and V<sub>BAT</sub> modes) is enabled.\r If BREN is cleared, the backup regulator is switched off. The backup RAM can still be used in \tRun and Stop modes. However its content is lost in Standby and V<sub>BAT</sub> modes.\r If BREN is set, the application must wait till the backup regulator ready flag (BRRDY) is set to indicate that the data written into the SRAM is maintained in Standby and V<sub>BAT</sub> modes."
+    description: Backup RAM retention in Standby and V_BAT modes When this bit set, the backup regulator (used to maintain the backup RAM content in Standby and V_BAT modes) is enabled. If BREN is cleared, the backup regulator is switched off. The backup RAM can still be used in. Run and Stop modes. However its content is lost in Standby and V_BAT modes. If BREN is set, the application must wait till the backup regulator ready flag (BRRDY) is set to indicate that the data written into the SRAM is maintained in Standby and V_BAT modes.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
+    enum: Retention
   - name: MONEN
-    description: Backup domain voltage and temperature monitoring enable
+    description: Backup domain voltage and temperature monitoring enable.
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
   - name: VBE
-    description: "V<sub>BAT</sub> charging enable\r Note: Reset only by POR,."
+    description: 'V_BAT charging enable Note: Reset only by POR,.'
     bit_offset: 8
     bit_size: 1
   - name: VBRS
-    description: V<sub>BAT</sub> charging resistor selection
+    description: V_BAT charging resistor selection.
     bit_offset: 9
     bit_size: 1
     enum: VBRS
 fieldset/BDSR:
-  description: PWR Backup domain status register
+  description: PWR Backup domain status register.
   fields:
   - name: BRRDY
-    description: "backup regulator ready\r This bit is set by hardware to indicate that the backup regulator is ready."
+    description: backup regulator ready This bit is set by hardware to indicate that the backup regulator is ready.
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
   - name: VBATL
-    description: V<sub>BAT</sub> level monitoring versus low threshold
+    description: V_BAT level monitoring versus low threshold.
     bit_offset: 20
     bit_size: 1
   - name: VBATH
-    description: V<sub>BAT</sub> level monitoring versus high threshold
+    description: V_BAT level monitoring versus high threshold.
     bit_offset: 21
     bit_size: 1
   - name: TEMPL
-    description: temperature level monitoring versus low threshold
+    description: temperature level monitoring versus low threshold.
     bit_offset: 22
     bit_size: 1
   - name: TEMPH
-    description: temperature level monitoring versus high threshold
+    description: temperature level monitoring versus high threshold.
     bit_offset: 23
     bit_size: 1
 fieldset/DBPCR:
-  description: PWR disable backup protection control register
+  description: PWR Backup domain control register.
   fields:
   - name: DBP
-    description: "Disable Backup domain write protection\r In reset state, all registers and SRAM in Backup domain are protected against parasitic write \taccess. This bit must be set to enable write access to these registers."
+    description: Disable Backup domain write protection In reset state, all registers and SRAM in Backup domain are protected against parasitic write. access. This bit must be set to enable write access to these registers.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
 fieldset/IORETR:
-  description: PWR I/O retention register
+  description: PWR I/O retention register.
   fields:
   - name: IORETEN
-    description: "IO retention enable:\r When entering into standby mode, the output is sampled, and applied to the output IO during the standby power mode. \r Note: the IO state is not retained if the DBG_STANDBY bit is set in DBGMCU_CR register."
+    description: 'IO retention enable: When entering into standby mode, the output is sampled, and apply to the output IO during the standby power mode. Note: the IO state is not retained if the DBG_STANDBY bit is set in DBGMCU_CR register.'
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
   - name: JTAGIORETEN
-    description: "IO retention enable for JTAG IOs\r when entering into standby mode, the output is sampled, and applied to the output IO during the standby power mode"
+    description: IO retention enable for JTAG IOs when entering into standby mode, the output is sampled, and apply to the output IO during the standby power mode.
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
 fieldset/PMCR:
-  description: PWR power mode control register
+  description: PWR power mode control register.
   fields:
   - name: LPMS
-    description: "low-power mode selection\r This bit defines the Deepsleep mode."
+    description: low-power mode selection This bit defines the Deepsleep mode.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
+    enum: LPMS
   - name: SVOS
-    description: "system Stop mode voltage scaling selection\r These bits control the V<sub>CORE</sub> voltage level in system Stop mode, to obtain the best trade-off between power consumption and performance."
+    description: system Stop mode voltage scaling selection These bits control the V_CORE voltage level in system Stop mode, to obtain the best trade-off between power consumption and performance.
     bit_offset: 2
     bit_size: 2
     enum: SVOS
   - name: CSSF
-    description: "clear Standby and Stop flags (always read as 0)\r This bit is cleared to 0 by hardware."
+    description: clear Standby and Stop flags (always read as 0) This bit is cleared to 0 by hardware.
     bit_offset: 7
     bit_size: 1
   - name: FLPS
-    description: "Flash memory low-power mode in Stop mode\r This bit is used to obtain the best trade-off between low-power consumption and restart time when exiting from Stop mode.\r When it is set, the Flash memory enters low-power mode when the CPU domain is in Stop mode.\r Note: When system enters stop mode with SVOS5 enabled, Flash memory is automatically forced in low-power mode."
+    description: 'Flash memory low-power mode in Stop mode This bit is used to obtain the best trade-off between low-power consumption and restart time when exiting from Stop mode. When it is set, the Flash memory enters low-power mode when the CPU domain is in Stop mode. Note: When system enters stop mode with SVOS5 enabled, Flash memory is automatically forced in low-power mode.'
     bit_offset: 9
     bit_size: 1
+    enum: PowerModeInStopMode
   - name: BOOSTE
-    description: "analog switch V<sub>BOOST</sub> control\r This bit enables the booster to guarantee the analog switch AC performance when the V<sub>DD</sub> supply voltage is below 2.7 V (reduction of the total harmonic distortion to have the same switch performance over the full supply voltage range) The V<sub>DD</sub> supply voltage can be monitored through the PVD and the PLS bits."
+    description: analog switch V_BOOST control This bit enables the booster to guarantee the analog switch AC performance when the V_DD supply voltage is below 2.7 V (reduction of the total harmonic distortion to have the same switch performance over the full supply voltage range) The V_DD supply voltage can be monitored through the PVD and the PLS bits.
     bit_offset: 12
     bit_size: 1
   - name: AVD_READY
-    description: "analog voltage ready\r This bit is only used when the analog switch boost needs to be enabled (see BOOSTE bit).\r It must be set by software when the expected V<sub>DDA</sub> analog supply level is available.\r The correct analog supply level is indicated by the AVDO bit (PWR_VMSR register) after setting the AVDEN bit (PWR_VMCR register) and selecting the supply level to be monitored \t(ALS bits)."
+    description: analog voltage ready This bit is only used when the analog switch boost needs to be enabled (see BOOSTE bit). It must be set by software when the expected V_DDA analog supply level is available. The correct analog supply level is indicated by the AVDO bit (PWR_VMSR register) after setting the AVDEN bit (PWR_VMCR register) and selecting the supply level to be monitored. (ALS bits).
     bit_offset: 13
     bit_size: 1
   - name: SRAM2SO
     description: AHB SRAM2 shut-off in Stop mode.
     bit_offset: 25
     bit_size: 1
+    enum: ShutOff
   - name: SRAM1SO
-    description: AHB SRAM1 shut-off in Stop mode
+    description: AHB SRAM1 shut-off in Stop mode.
     bit_offset: 26
     bit_size: 1
+    enum: ShutOff
 fieldset/PMSR:
-  description: PWR status register
+  description: PWR status register.
   fields:
   - name: STOPF
-    description: "Stop flag\r This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by any reset or by setting the CSSF bit."
+    description: Stop flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by any reset or by setting the CSSF bit.
     bit_offset: 5
     bit_size: 1
   - name: SBF
-    description: "System standby flag\r This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by a POR or by setting the CSSF bit."
+    description: System standby flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by a POR or by setting the CSSF bit.
     bit_offset: 6
     bit_size: 1
 fieldset/PRIVCFGR:
-  description: PWR privilege configuration register
+  description: PWR privilege configuration register.
   fields:
   - name: NSPRIV
-    description: "PWR functions privilege configuration\r Set and reset by software. This bit can be written only by privileged access."
+    description: PWR non-secure functions privilege configuration Set and reset by software. This bit can be written only by privileged access, secure or non-secure.
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: PRIV
 fieldset/SCCR:
-  description: PWR supply configuration control register
+  description: PWR supply configuration control register.
   fields:
   - name: BYPASS
-    description: power management unit bypass
+    description: power management unit bypass.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
   - name: LDOEN
-    description: "LDO enable \r The value is set by hardware when the package uses the LDO regulator."
+    description: LDO enable The value is set by hardware when the package uses the LDO regulator.
     bit_offset: 8
     bit_size: 1
 fieldset/VMCR:
-  description: PWR voltage monitor control register
+  description: PWR voltage monitor control register.
   fields:
   - name: PVDE
-    description: PVD enable
+    description: PVD enable.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
   - name: PLS
-    description: "programmable voltage detector (PVD) level selection\r These bits select the voltage threshold detected by the PVD."
+    description: programmable voltage detector (PVD) level selection These bits select the voltage threshold detected by the PVD.
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 3
     enum: PLS
   - name: AVDEN
-    description: peripheral voltage monitor on V<sub>DDA</sub> enable
+    description: peripheral voltage monitor on V_DDA enable.
     bit_offset: 8
     bit_size: 1
   - name: ALS
-    description: "analog voltage detector (AVD) level selection\r These bits select the voltage threshold detected by the AVD."
+    description: analog voltage detector (AVD) level selection These bits select the voltage threshold detected by the AVD.
     bit_offset: 9
     bit_size: 2
     enum: ALS
 fieldset/VMSR:
-  description: PWR voltage monitor status register
+  description: PWR voltage monitor status register.
   fields:
   - name: AVDO
-    description: "analog voltage detector output on V<sub>DDA</sub>\r This bit is set and cleared by hardware. It is valid only if AVD on VDDA is enabled by the AVDEN bit.\r Note: Since the AVD is disabled in Standby mode, this bit is equal to 0 after standby or reset until the AVDEN bit is set."
+    description: 'analog voltage detector output on V_DDA This bit is set and cleared by hardware. It is valid only if AVD on VDDA is enabled by the AVDEN bit. Note: Since the AVD is disabled in Standby mode, this bit is equal to 0 after standby or reset until the AVDEN bit is set.'
     bit_offset: 19
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: AVDO
   - name: VDDIO2RDY
-    description: "voltage detector output on V<sub>DDIO2</sub>\r This bit is set and cleared by hardware."
+    description: voltage detector output on V_DDIO2 This bit is set and cleared by hardware.
     bit_offset: 20
     bit_size: 1
   - name: PVDO
-    description: "programmable voltage detect output\r This bit is set and cleared by hardware. It is valid only if the PVD has been enabled by the PVDE bit.\r Note: Since the PVD is disabled in Standby mode, this bit is equal to 0 after Standby or reset until the PVDE bit is set."
+    description: 'programmable voltage detect output This bit is set and cleared by hardware. It is valid only if the PVD has been enabled by the PVDE bit. Note: Since the PVD is disabled in Standby mode, this bit is equal to 0 after Standby or reset until the PVDE bit is set.'
     bit_offset: 22
     bit_size: 1
-    enum: PVDO
 fieldset/VOSCR:
-  description: PWR voltage scaling control register
+  description: PWR voltage scaling control register.
   fields:
   - name: VOS
-    description: "voltage scaling selection according to performance\r These bits control the V<sub>CORE</sub> voltage level and allow to obtain the best trade-off between power consumption and performance:\r - In bypass mode, these bits must also be set according to the external provided core voltage level and related performance.\r - When increasing the performance, the voltage scaling must be changed before increasing the system frequency.\r - When decreasing performance, the system frequency must first be decreased before changing the voltage scaling."
+    description: 'voltage scaling selection according to performance These bits control the V_CORE voltage level and allow to obtain the best trade-off between power consumption and performance: - In bypass mode, these bits must also be set according to the external provided core voltage level and related performance. - When increasing the performance, the voltage scaling must be changed before increasing the system frequency. - When decreasing performance, the system frequency must first be decreased before changing the voltage scaling.'
     bit_offset: 4
     bit_size: 2
     enum: VOS
 fieldset/VOSSR:
-  description: PWR voltage scaling status register
+  description: PWR voltage scaling status register.
   fields:
   - name: VOSRDY
-    description: Ready bit for V<sub>CORE</sub> voltage scaling output selection.
+    description: Ready bit for V_CORE voltage scaling output selection.
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 1
   - name: ACTVOSRDY
-    description: Voltage level ready for currently used VOS
+    description: Voltage level ready for currently used VOS.
     bit_offset: 13
     bit_size: 1
   - name: ACTVOS
-    description: "voltage output scaling currently applied to V<sub>CORE</sub>\r This field provides the last VOS value."
+    description: voltage output scaling currently applied to V_CORE This field provides the last VOS value.
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 2
-    enum: ACTVOS
+    enum: VOS
 fieldset/WUCR:
-  description: PWR wakeup configuration register
+  description: PWR wakeup configuration register.
   fields:
   - name: WUPEN
-    description: "enable wakeup pin WUPx\r These bits are set and cleared by software.\r Note: an additional wakeup event is detected if WUPx pin is enabled (by setting the WUPENx bit) when WUPx pin level is already high when WUPPx selects rising edge, or low when WUPPx selects falling edge."
+    description: 'enable wakeup pin WUPx These bits are set and cleared by software. Note: an additional wakeup event is detected if WUPx pin is enabled (by setting the WUPENx bit) when WUPx pin level is already high when WUPPx selects rising edge, or low when WUPPx selects falling edge.'
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
     array:
       len: 5
       stride: 1
   - name: WUPP
-    description: "wakeup pin polarity bit for WUPx\r These bits define the polarity used for event detection on WUPx external wakeup pin."
+    description: wakeup pin polarity bit for WUPx These bits define the polarity used for event detection on WUPx external wakeup pin.
     bit_offset: 8
     bit_size: 1
     array:
@@ -269,7 +271,7 @@ fieldset/WUCR:
       stride: 1
     enum: WUPP
   - name: WUPPUPD
-    description: "wakeup pin pull configuration for WKUPx\r These bits define the I/O pad pull configuration used when WUPENx = 1. The associated GPIO port pull configuration must be set to the same value or to 00. The wakeup pin pull configuration is kept in Standby mode."
+    description: wakeup pin pull configuration for WKUPx These bits define the I/O pad pull configuration used when WUPENx = 1. The associated GPIO port pull configuration must be set to the same value or to 00. The wakeup pin pull configuration is kept in Standby mode.
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 2
     array:
@@ -277,169 +279,150 @@ fieldset/WUCR:
       stride: 2
     enum: WUPPUPD
 fieldset/WUSCR:
-  description: PWR wakeup status clear register
+  description: PWR wakeup status clear register.
   fields:
   - name: CWUF
-    description: "clear wakeup pin flag for WUFx\r These bits are always read as 0."
+    description: clear wakeup pin flag for WUFx These bits are always read as 0.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
     array:
       len: 5
       stride: 1
 fieldset/WUSR:
-  description: PWR wakeup status register
+  description: PWR wakeup status register.
   fields:
   - name: WUF
-    description: "wakeup pin WUFx flag\r This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by a RESET pin or by setting the CWUFx bit in PWR_WUSCR register."
+    description: wakeup pin WUFx flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by a RESET pin or by setting the CWUFx bit in PWR_WUSCR register.
     bit_offset: 0
     bit_size: 1
     array:
       len: 5
       stride: 1
-enum/ACTVOS:
-  bit_size: 2
-  variants:
-  - name: B_0x0
-    description: VOS3 (lowest power)
-    value: 0
-  - name: B_0x1
-    description: VOS2
-    value: 1
-  - name: B_0x2
-    description: VOS1
-    value: 2
-  - name: B_0x3
-    description: VOS0 (highest frequency)
-    value: 3
 enum/ALS:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:
-  - name: B_0x0
-    description: 1.7 V
+  - name: Level0
+    description: AVD level0 (VAVD0 ~ 1.7 V)
     value: 0
-  - name: B_0x1
-    description: 2.1 V
+  - name: Level1
+    description: AVD level1 (VAVD1 ~ 2.1 V)
     value: 1
-  - name: B_0x2
-    description: 2.5 V
+  - name: Level2
+    description: AVD level2 (VAVD2 ~ 2.5 V)
     value: 2
-  - name: B_0x3
-    description: 2.8 V
+  - name: Level3
+    description: AVD level3 (VAVD3 ~ 2.8 V)
     value: 3
-enum/AVDO:
+enum/LPMS:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
-  - name: B_0x0
-    description: V<sub>DDA</sub> is equal or higher than the AVD threshold selected with the ALS[2:0] bits.
+  - name: Stop
+    description: Keeps Stop mode when entering DeepSleep.
     value: 0
-  - name: B_0x1
-    description: V<sub>DDA</sub> is lower than the AVD threshold selected with the ALS[2:0] bits.
+  - name: Standby
+    description: Allows Standby mode when entering DeepSleep.
     value: 1
 enum/PLS:
   bit_size: 3
   variants:
-  - name: B_0x0
-    description: 1.95 V
+  - name: Level0
+    description: PVD level0 (VPVD0 ~ 1.95 V)
     value: 0
-  - name: B_0x1
-    description: 2.1 V
+  - name: Level1
+    description: PVD level1 (VPVD1 ~ 2.10 V)
     value: 1
-  - name: B_0x2
-    description: 2.25 V
+  - name: Level2
+    description: PVD level2 (VPVD2 ~ 2.25 V)
     value: 2
-  - name: B_0x3
-    description: 2.4 V
+  - name: Level3
+    description: PVD level3 (VPVD3 ~ 2.40 V)
     value: 3
-  - name: B_0x4
-    description: 2.55 V
+  - name: Level4
+    description: PVD level4 (VPVD4 ~ 2.55 V)
     value: 4
-  - name: B_0x5
-    description: 2.7 V
+  - name: Level5
+    description: PVD level5 (VPVD5 ~ 2.70 V)
     value: 5
-  - name: B_0x6
-    description: 2.85 V
+  - name: Level6
+    description: PVD level6 (VPVD6 ~ 2.85 V)
     value: 6
-  - name: B_0x7
+  - name: PVDInPin
     description: PVD_IN pin
     value: 7
-enum/PRIV:
+enum/PowerModeInStopMode:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
-  - name: B_0x0
-    description: Read and write to PWR functions can be done by privileged or unprivileged access.
+  - name: Normal
+    description: Remains in normal mode when the system enters Stop mode (quick restart time).
     value: 0
-  - name: B_0x1
-    description: Read and write to PWR functions can be done by privileged access only.
+  - name: LowPower
+    description: Enters low-power mode when the system enters Stop mode (low-power consumption).
     value: 1
-enum/PVDO:
+enum/Retention:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
-  - name: B_0x0
-    description: V<sub>DD</sub> is equal or higher than the PVD threshold selected through the PLS[2:0] bits.
+  - name: Lost
+    description: Content is lost.
     value: 0
-  - name: B_0x1
-    description: V<sub>DD</sub> is lower than the PVD threshold selected through the PLS[2:0] bits.
+  - name: Preserved
+    description: Content is preserved.
     value: 1
 enum/SVOS:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:
-  - name: B_0x0
-    description: reserved
-    value: 0
-  - name: B_0x1
+  - name: Scale5
     description: SVOS5 scale 5
     value: 1
-  - name: B_0x2
+  - name: Scale4
     description: SVOS4 scale 4
     value: 2
-  - name: B_0x3
-    description: SVOS3 scale 3 (default).
+  - name: Scale3
+    description: SVOS3 scale 3 (default)
     value: 3
+enum/ShutOff:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Kept
+    description: Content is kept.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Lost
+    description: Content is lost.
+    value: 1
 enum/VBRS:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
-  - name: B_0x0
-    description: Charge V<sub>BAT</sub> through a 5 kΩ resistor.
+  - name: R5kOhm
+    description: Charge VBAT through a 5 kΩ resistor.
     value: 0
-  - name: B_0x1
-    description: Charge V<sub>BAT</sub> through a 1.5 kΩ resistor.
+  - name: R1_5kOhm
+    description: Charge VBAT through a 1.5 kΩ resistor.
     value: 1
 enum/VOS:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:
   - name: Scale3
-    description: scale 3 (default)
     value: 0
   - name: Scale2
-    description: scale 2
     value: 1
   - name: Scale1
-    description: scale 1
     value: 2
   - name: Scale0
-    description: scale 0
     value: 3
 enum/WUPP:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
-  - name: B_0x0
+  - name: High
     description: detection on high level (rising edge)
     value: 0
-  - name: B_0x1
+  - name: Low
     description: detection on low level (falling edge)
     value: 1
 enum/WUPPUPD:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:
-  - name: B_0x0
-    description: no pull-up
+  - name: NoPullUp
     value: 0
-  - name: B_0x1
-    description: pull-up
+  - name: PullUp
     value: 1
-  - name: B_0x2
-    description: pull-down
+  - name: PullDown
     value: 2
-  - name: B_0x3
-    description: reserved
-    value: 3

data/registers/pwr_h7rm0399.yaml

@@ -253,6 +253,7 @@ fieldset/WKUPEPR:
     array:
       len: 6
       stride: 2
+    enum: WKUPPUPD
 fieldset/WKUPFR:
   description: reset only by system reset, not reset by wakeup from Standby mode
   fields:
@@ -283,3 +284,15 @@ enum/VOS:
     value: 2
   - name: Scale1
     value: 3
+enum/WKUPPUPD:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: NoPull
+    description: No pull-up.
+    value: 0
+  - name: PullUp
+    description: Pull-up.
+    value: 1
+  - name: PullDown
+    description: Pull-down.
+    value: 2

data/registers/pwr_h7rm0433.yaml

@@ -240,6 +240,7 @@ fieldset/WKUPEPR:
     array:
       len: 6
       stride: 2
+    enum: WKUPPUPD
 fieldset/WKUPFR:
   description: reset only by system reset, not reset by wakeup from Standby mode
   fields:
@@ -259,3 +260,15 @@ enum/VOS:
     value: 2
   - name: Scale1
     value: 3
+enum/WKUPPUPD:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: NoPull
+    description: No pull-up.
+    value: 0
+  - name: PullUp
+    description: Pull-up.
+    value: 1
+  - name: PullDown
+    description: Pull-down.
+    value: 2

data/registers/pwr_h7rm0455.yaml

@@ -253,6 +253,7 @@ fieldset/WKUPEPR:
     array:
       len: 6
       stride: 2
+    enum: WKUPPUPD
 fieldset/WKUPFR:
   description: reset only by system reset, not reset by wakeup from Standby mode
   fields:
@@ -285,3 +286,15 @@ enum/VOS:
     value: 2
   - name: Scale0
     value: 3
+enum/WKUPPUPD:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: NoPull
+    description: No pull-up.
+    value: 0
+  - name: PullUp
+    description: Pull-up.
+    value: 1
+  - name: PullDown
+    description: Pull-down.
+    value: 2

data/registers/pwr_h7rm0468.yaml

@@ -253,6 +253,7 @@ fieldset/WKUPEPR:
     array:
       len: 6
       stride: 2
+    enum: WKUPPUPD
 fieldset/WKUPFR:
   description: reset only by system reset, not reset by wakeup from Standby mode
   fields:
@@ -285,3 +286,15 @@ enum/VOS:
     value: 2
   - name: Scale1
     value: 3
+enum/WKUPPUPD:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: NoPull
+    description: No pull-up.
+    value: 0
+  - name: PullUp
+    description: Pull-up.
+    value: 1
+  - name: PullDown
+    description: Pull-down.
+    value: 2

data/registers/pwr_h7rs.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,643 @@
+block/PWR:
+  description: Power control.
+  items:
+  - name: CR1
+    description: PWR control register 1.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: CR1
+  - name: SR1
+    description: PWR control status register 1.
+    byte_offset: 4
+    fieldset: SR1
+  - name: CSR1
+    description: PWR control status register 1.
+    byte_offset: 8
+    fieldset: CSR1
+  - name: CSR2
+    description: PWR control register 2.
+    byte_offset: 12
+    fieldset: CSR2
+  - name: CSR3
+    description: PWR CPU control register 3.
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: CSR3
+  - name: CSR4
+    description: PWR control status register 4.
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: CSR4
+  - name: WKUPCR
+    description: PWR wakeup clear register.
+    byte_offset: 32
+    fieldset: WKUPCR
+  - name: WKUPFR
+    description: PWR wakeup flag register.
+    byte_offset: 36
+    fieldset: WKUPFR
+  - name: WKUPEPR
+    description: PWR wakeup enable and polarity register.
+    byte_offset: 40
+    fieldset: WKUPEPR
+  - name: UCPDR
+    description: PWR USB Type-C and Power Delivery register.
+    byte_offset: 44
+    fieldset: UCPDR
+  - name: APCR
+    description: PWR apply pull configuration register.
+    byte_offset: 48
+    fieldset: APCR
+  - name: PUCRN
+    description: PWR port N pull-up control register.
+    byte_offset: 52
+    fieldset: PUCRN
+  - name: PDCRN
+    description: PWR port N pull-down control register.
+    byte_offset: 56
+    fieldset: PDCRN
+  - name: PUCRO
+    description: PWR port O pull-up control register.
+    byte_offset: 60
+    fieldset: PUCRO
+  - name: PDCRO
+    description: PWR port O pull-down control register.
+    byte_offset: 64
+    fieldset: PDCRO
+  - name: PDCRP
+    description: PWR port P pull-down control register.
+    byte_offset: 68
+    fieldset: PDCRP
+  - name: PDR1
+    description: PWR debug register 1.
+    byte_offset: 80
+    fieldset: PDR1
+fieldset/APCR:
+  description: PWR apply pull configuration register.
+  fields:
+  - name: APC
+    description: Apply pull-up and pull-down configuration When this bit is set, the I/O pull-up and pull-down configurations defined in PO5_PUPD, PN7_PUPD bits and PUCRx, PDCRx registers are applied in Standby mode even after wakeup until APC bit is reset to 0. When this bit is cleared, the I/O pull-up or pull-down configurations defined in PO5_PUPD, PN7_PUPD bits and PUCRx and PDCRx registers are not applied in Standby mode and IO becomes Hi-Z.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PN7_PUPD
+    description: Port N bit 7 pull-up/down configuration When this bit is set, a weak pull-up or pull-down resistor is applied on PN7 following inverse logic applied on PN6. If the PUN6 bit in PWR_PUCRN register is set and APC bit is set the week pull-down is applied on PN7. If the PDN6 bit in PWR_PDCRN register is set and APC bit is set the week pull-up is applied on PN7.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PO5_PUPD
+    description: Port O bit 5 pull-up/down configuration When this bit is set, a weak pull-up or pull down resistor is applied on PO5 following inverse logic applied on PO4. If the PUO4 bit in PWR_PUCRO register is set and APC bit is set the week pull-down is applied on PO5. If the PDO4 bit in PWR_PDCRO register is set and APC bit is set the week pull-up is applied on PO5..
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: I3CPB6_PU
+    description: Port PB6 I3C pull-up bit When I3C is used on PB6, when set, this bit activates the pull-up on I3C1_SCL (PB6) in standby mode.
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: I3CPB7_PU
+    description: Port PB7 I3C pull-up bit When I3C is used on PB7, when set, this bit activates the pull-up on I3C1_SDA (PB7) in standby mode.
+    bit_offset: 29
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: I3CPB8_PU
+    description: Port PB8 I3C pull-up bit When I3C is used on PB8, when set, this bit activates the pull-up on I3C1_SCL (PB8) in standby mode.
+    bit_offset: 30
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: I3CPB9_PU
+    description: Port PB9 I3C pull-up bit When I3C is used on PB9, when set, this bit activates the pull-up on I3C1_SDA (PB9) in standby mode.
+    bit_offset: 31
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CR1:
+  description: PWR control register 1.
+  fields:
+  - name: SVOS
+    description: System Stop mode voltage scaling selection.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: SVOS
+  - name: PVDE
+    description: Programmable voltage detector enable.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PLS
+    description: 'Programmable voltage detector level selection These bits select the voltage threshold detected by the PVD. Note: Refer to Section Electrical characteristics of the product datasheet for more details.'
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 3
+    enum: PLS
+  - name: DBP
+    description: Disable backup domain write protection In reset state, the RCC_BDCR register, the RTC registers (including the backup registers), BREN and MOEN bits in the PWR_CSR1 register, are protected against parasitic write access. This bit must be set to enable write access to these registers.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: FLPS
+    description: Flash low-power mode in Stop mode This bit allows to obtain the best trade-off between low-power consumption and restart time when exiting from Stop mode. When it is set, the Flash memory enters low-power mode when device is in Stop mode. consumption).
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: RLPSN
+    description: RAM low power mode disable in STOP. When set the RAMs will not enter to low power mode when the system enters to STOP.
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: RLPSN
+  - name: BOOSTE
+    description: analog switch VBoost control This bit enables the booster to guarantee the analog switch AC performance when the VDD supply voltage is below 2.7 V (reduction of the total harmonic distortion to have the same switch performance over the full supply voltage range) The VDD supply voltage can be monitored through the PVD and the PLS bits.
+    bit_offset: 11
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: AVDREADY
+    description: analog voltage ready This bit is only used when the analog switch boost needs to be enabled (see BOOSTE bit). It must be set by software when the expected VDDA analog supply level is available. The correct analog supply level is indicated by the AVDO bit (PWR_CSR1 register) after setting the AVDEN bit and selecting the supply level to be monitored (ALS bits).
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: AVDEN
+    description: Peripheral voltage monitor on VDDA enable.
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ALS
+    description: 'Analog voltage detector level selection These bits select the voltage threshold detected by the AVD. Note: Refer to Section Electrical characteristics of the product datasheet for more details.'
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: ALS
+fieldset/CSR1:
+  description: PWR control status register 1.
+  fields:
+  - name: BREN
+    description: Backup regulator enable When set, the backup regulator (used to maintain the backup RAM content in Standby and V<sub>BAT</sub> modes) is enabled. If BREN is reset, the backup regulator is switched off. The backup RAM can still be used in Run and Stop modes. However, its content will be lost in Standby and V<sub>BAT</sub> modes. If BREN is set, the application must wait till the backup regulator ready flag (BRRDY) is set to indicate that the data written into the SRAM will be maintained in Standby and V<sub>BAT</sub> modes.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: MONEN
+    description: 'V<sub>BAT</sub> and temperature monitoring enable When set, the V<sub>BAT</sub> supply and temperature monitoring is enabled. Note: V<sub>BAT</sub> and temperature monitoring are only available when the backup regulator is enabled (BREN bit set to 1).'
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: BRRDY
+    description: Backup regulator ready This bit is set by hardware to indicate that the backup regulator is ready.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: VBATL
+    description: V<sub>BAT</sub> level monitoring versus low threshold.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: VBATH
+    description: V<sub>BAT</sub> level monitoring versus high threshold.
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TEMPL
+    description: Temperature level monitoring versus low threshold.
+    bit_offset: 22
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: TEMPH
+    description: Temperature level monitoring versus high threshold.
+    bit_offset: 23
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CSR2:
+  description: PWR control register 2.
+  fields:
+  - name: BYPASS
+    description: 'Power management unit bypass Note: Illegal combinations of SDHILEVEL, SMPSEXTHP, SDEN, LDOEN and BYPASS are described in Table 41.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: LDOEN
+    description: 'Low drop-out regulator enable Note: Illegal combinations of SDHILEVEL, SMPSEXTHP, SDEN, LDOEN and BYPASS are described in Table 41.'
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SDEN
+    description: 'SMPS step-down converter enable Note: Illegal combinations of SDHILEVEL, SMPSEXTHP, SDEN, LDOEN and BYPASS are described in Table 41.'
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SDEXTHP
+    description: 'SMPS external power delivery selection Note: Illegal combinations of SDHILEVEL, SMPSEXTHP, SDEN, LDOEN and BYPASS are described in Table 41.'
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SDLEVEL
+    description: SMPS step-down converter voltage output for LDO or external supply This bit is used when both the LDO and SMPS step-down converter are enabled with SDEN and LDOEN enabled or when SMPSEXTHP is enabled. In this case SDHILEVEL has to be set to 1 to confirm the regulator settings.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: SDLEVEL
+  - name: VBE
+    description: VBAT charging enable.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: VBRS
+    description: VBAT charging resistor selection.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: VBRS
+  - name: XSPICAP1
+    description: XSPI port 1 capacitor control bits see the product datasheet for more details.
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: XSPICAP
+  - name: XSPICAP2
+    description: XSPI port 2 capacitor control bits see the product datasheet for more details.
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 2
+    enum: XSPICAP
+  - name: EN_XSPIM1
+    description: 'EN_XSPIM1: this bit allow the SW to enable the XSPI interface. The XSPIM_P1 supply must be stable prior to setting this bit.'
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: EN_XSPIM2
+    description: 'EN_XSPIM2: this bit allows the SW to enable the XSPI interface, when available. The XSPIM_P2 supply must be stable prior to setting this bit. It should also be set when FMC is used.'
+    bit_offset: 15
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SDEXTRDY
+    description: SMPS step-down converter external supply ready This bit is set by hardware to indicate that the external supply from the SMPS step-down converter is ready.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: USB33DEN
+    description: VDD33_USB voltage level detector enable.
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: USBREGEN
+    description: USB regulator enable.
+    bit_offset: 25
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: USB33RDY
+    description: USB supply ready.
+    bit_offset: 26
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: USBHSREGEN
+    description: USB HS regulator enable.
+    bit_offset: 27
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CSR3:
+  description: PWR CPU control register 3.
+  fields:
+  - name: PDDS
+    description: Power Down Deepsleep. This bit allows CPU to define the Deepsleep mode.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: PDDS
+  - name: CSSF
+    description: Clear Standby and Stop flags (always read as 0) This bit is cleared to 0 by hardware.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: STOPF
+    description: STOP flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by any reset or by setting the CPU CSSF bit.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SBF
+    description: System Standby flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by a POR (Power-on Reset) or by setting the CPU CSSF bit.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CSR4:
+  description: PWR control status register 4.
+  fields:
+  - name: VOS
+    description: 'Voltage scaling selection according to performance These bits control the V<sub>CORE</sub> voltage level and allow to obtains the best trade-off between power consumption and performance: When increasing the performance, the voltage scaling must be changed before increasing the system frequency. When decreasing performance, the system frequency must first be decreased before changing the voltage scaling. Note: Refer to Section Electrical characteristics of the product datasheet for more details.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: VOS
+  - name: VOSRDY
+    description: VOS Ready bit.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/PDCRN:
+  description: PWR port N pull-down control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: PDN0
+    description: Port N pull-down bit 0 When set activates the pull-down on PN0 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PDN1
+    description: Port N pull-down bit 1 When set activates the pull-down on PN1 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PDN2N5
+    description: Port N PN2 to PN5 pull-down activation When set, four pull-down resistors are activated on PN2 to PN5 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PDN6
+    description: Port N pull-down bit 6 When set activates the pull-down on PN6 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PDN8N11
+    description: Port N - PN8 to PN11 pull-down activation When set, four pull-down resistors are activated on PN8 to PN11 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PDN12
+    description: Port N pull-down bit 12 When set activates the pull-down on PN12 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/PDCRO:
+  description: PWR port O pull-down control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: PDO0
+    description: Port O pull-down bit y When set, each bit activates the pull-down on POy when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PDO1
+    description: Port O pull-down bit y When set, each bit activates the pull-down on POy when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PDO2
+    description: Port O pull-down bit y When set, each bit activates the pull-down on POy when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PDO3
+    description: Port O pull-down bit y When set, each bit activates the pull-down on POy when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PDO4
+    description: Port O pull-down bit y When set, each bit activates the pull-down on POy when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/PDCRP:
+  description: PWR port P pull-down control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: PDP0P3
+    description: Port P0-P3 pull-down activation When set, four pull-down resistors are activated on P0 to P3 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PDP4P7
+    description: Port P4-P7 pull-down activation When set, four pull-down resitors are activated on P4 to P7 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PDP8P11
+    description: Port P8-P11 pull-down activation When set, four pull-down resistors are activated on P8 to P11 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PDP12P15
+    description: Port P12-P15 pull-down activation When set, four pull-down resistors are activated on P8 to P11 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR.
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/PDR1:
+  description: PWR debug register 1.
+  fields:
+  - name: UNLOCKED
+    description: Debug Register Unlocked.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: UNLOCKED
+  - name: SDFPWMEN
+    description: Step down converter force PWM mode.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: SYNC_ADC
+    description: (Non-User bit).
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: SYNC_ADC
+fieldset/PUCRN:
+  description: PWR port N pull-up control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: PUN1
+    description: Port N pull-up bit 1 When set, each bit activates the pull-up on PN1 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR. The pull-up is not activated if the corresponding PD1 bit is also set.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PUN6
+    description: Port N pull-up bit 6 When set activates the pull-up on PN6 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR. The pull-up is not activated if the corresponding PDN6 bit is also set.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PUN12
+    description: Port N pull-up bit 12 When set, each bit activates the pull-up on PN12 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR. The pull-up is not activated if the corresponding PD12 bit is also set.
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/PUCRO:
+  description: PWR port O pull-up control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: PUO0
+    description: (n = 1 to 0) Port O pull-up bits When set, each bit activates the pull-up on POy when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR. The pull-up is not activated if the corresponding bits in PWR_PDCRO is also set.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PUO1
+    description: (n = 1 to 0) Port O pull-up bits When set, each bit activates the pull-up on POy when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR. The pull-up is not activated if the corresponding bits in PWR_PDCRO is also set.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PUO4
+    description: Port O pull-up bit 4 When set activates the pull-up on PO4 when the APC bit is set in PWR_APCR. The pull-up is not activated if the corresponding bits PDO4 in PWR_PDCRO is also set.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/SR1:
+  description: PWR control status register 1.
+  fields:
+  - name: ACTVOS
+    description: VOS currently applied for V<sub>CORE</sub> voltage scaling selection. These bit reflect the last VOS value applied to the PMU.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ACTVOSRDY
+    description: Voltage levels ready bit for currently used ACTVOS and SDHILEVEL This bit is set to 1 by hardware when the voltage regulator and the SMPS step-down converter are both disabled and Bypass mode is selected in PWR control register 2 (PWR_CSR2).
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: PVDO
+    description: 'Programmable voltage detect output This bit is set and cleared by hardware. It is valid only if the PVD has been enabled by the PVDE bit. PLS[2:0] bits. bits. Note: Since the PVD is disabled in Standby mode, this bit is equal to 0 after Standby or reset until the PVDE bit is set.'
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: PVDO
+  - name: AVDO
+    description: 'Analog voltage detector output on VDDA This bit is set and cleared by hardware. It is valid only if AVD on VDDA is enabled by the AVDEN bit. Note: Since the AVD is disabled in Standby mode, this bit is equal to 0 after Standby or reset until the AVDEN bit is set.'
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: AVDO
+fieldset/UCPDR:
+  description: PWR USB Type-C and Power Delivery register.
+  fields:
+  - name: UCPD_DBDIS
+    description: UCPD dead battery disable.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: UCPD_STBY
+    description: UCPD Standby mode When set, this bit is used to memorize the UCPD configuration in Standby mode. This bit must be written to 1 just before entering Standby mode when using UCPD. It must be written to 0 after exiting the Standby mode and before writing any UCPD registers.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/WKUPCR:
+  description: PWR wakeup clear register.
+  fields:
+  - name: WKUPC
+    description: Clear Wakeup pin flag for WKUP1 These bits are always read as 0.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 4
+      stride: 1
+fieldset/WKUPEPR:
+  description: PWR wakeup enable and polarity register.
+  fields:
+  - name: WKUPEN
+    description: 'Enable Wakeup Pin WKUPn, (n = 4, 3, 2, 1) Each bit is set and cleared by software. Note: An additional wakeup event is detected if WKUPn+1 pin is enabled (by setting the WKUPENn bit) when WKUPn pin level is already high when WKUPPn+1 selects rising edge, or low when WKUPPn selects falling edge.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 4
+      stride: 1
+  - name: WKUPP
+    description: Wakeup pin polarity bit for WKUPn, (n = 4, 3, 2, 1) These bits define the polarity used for event detection on WKUPn external wakeup pin.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 4
+      stride: 1
+    enum: WKUPP
+  - name: WKUPPUPD
+    description: Wakeup pin pull configuration
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 2
+    array:
+      len: 4
+      stride: 2
+    enum: WKUPPUPD
+fieldset/WKUPFR:
+  description: PWR wakeup flag register.
+  fields:
+  - name: WKUPF
+    description: Wakeup pin WKUP flag. This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by a Reset pin or by setting the WKUPC1 bit in the PWR wakeup clear register (PWR_WKUPCR).
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+    array:
+      len: 4
+      stride: 1
+enum/ALS:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Level1
+    description: AVD level 1.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Level2
+    description: AVD level 2.
+    value: 1
+  - name: Level3
+    description: AVD level 3.
+    value: 2
+  - name: Level4
+    description: AVD level 4.
+    value: 3
+enum/AVDO:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: AboveOrEqual
+    description: VDDA is equal or higher than the AVD threshold selected with the ALS[1:0] bits.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Below
+    description: VDDA is lower than the AVD threshold selected with the ALS[1:0] bits.
+    value: 1
+enum/PDDS:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Stop
+    description: Stop mode when device enters Deepsleep.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Standby
+    description: Standby mode when device enters Deepsleep.
+    value: 1
+enum/PLS:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: Level1
+    description: PVD level 1.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Level2
+    description: PVD level 2.
+    value: 1
+  - name: Level3
+    description: PVD level 3.
+    value: 2
+  - name: Level4
+    description: PVD level 4.
+    value: 3
+  - name: Level5
+    description: PVD level 5.
+    value: 4
+  - name: Level6
+    description: PVD level 6.
+    value: 5
+  - name: Level7
+    description: PVD level 7.
+    value: 6
+  - name: External
+    description: External voltage level on PVD_IN pin, compared to internal VREFINT level.
+    value: 7
+enum/PVDO:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: AboveOrEqual
+    description: VDD or PVD_IN voltage is equal or higher than the PVD threshold selected through the.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Below
+    description: VDD or PVD_IN voltage is lower than the PVD threshold selected through the PLS[2:0].
+    value: 1
+enum/RLPSN:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: LowPower
+    description: RAM enters to low power mode when system enters to STOP.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Normal
+    description: RAM remains in normal mode when system enters to STOP.
+    value: 1
+enum/SDLEVEL:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Reset
+    value: 0
+  - name: V1_8
+    value: 1
+enum/SVOS:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Low
+    description: SVOS Low.
+    value: 0
+  - name: High
+    description: SVOS High (default).
+    value: 1
+enum/SYNC_ADC:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: FreeRunning
+    description: SD_Converter clock free running.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Synchronized
+    description: SD_Converter clock synchronised to ADC.
+    value: 1
+enum/UNLOCKED:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Locked
+    description: 'accessed locked: key was not written and after each register write access.'
+    value: 0
+  - name: Unlocked
+    description: after key 0xCAFECAFE was written in this register.
+    value: 1
+enum/VBRS:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Ohm5k
+    description: Charge VBAT through a 5 k resistor.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Ohm1_5k
+    description: Charge VBAT through a 1.5 k resistor.
+    value: 1
+enum/VOS:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Low
+    description: VOS Low level (default).
+    value: 0
+  - name: High
+    description: VOS High level.
+    value: 1
+enum/WKUPP:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: High
+    description: Detection on high level (rising edge).
+    value: 0
+  - name: Low
+    description: Detection on low level (falling edge).
+    value: 1
+enum/WKUPPUPD:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: NoPull
+    description: No pull-up.
+    value: 0
+  - name: PullUp
+    description: Pull-up.
+    value: 1
+  - name: PullDown
+    description: Pull-down.
+    value: 2
+enum/XSPICAP:
+  bit_size: 2
+  variants:
+  - name: Disabled
+    description: 'XSPI Capacitor OFF (default) note: to confirm with analog design.'
+    value: 0
+  - name: OneThird
+    description: XSPI Capacitor set to 1/3.
+    value: 1
+  - name: TwoThirds
+    description: XSPI Capacitor set to 2/3.
+    value: 2
+  - name: Full
+    description: XSPI Capacitor set to full capacitance.
+    value: 3

data/registers/rcc_h5.yaml

@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ fieldset/AHB1RSTR:
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 1
   - name: ETHRST
-    description: "ETHRST block reset\r Set and reset by software"
+    description: "ETH1 block reset\r Set and reset by software"
     bit_offset: 19
     bit_size: 1
   - name: TZSC1RST
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ fieldset/APB2RSTR:
 fieldset/APB3ENR:
   description: RCC APB3 peripheral clock register
   fields:
-  - name: SBSEN
+  - name: SYSCFGEN
     description: "SBS clock enable\r Set and reset by software."
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
@@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ fieldset/APB3ENR:
 fieldset/APB3LPENR:
   description: RCC APB3 sleep clock register
   fields:
-  - name: SBSLPEN
+  - name: SYSCFGLPEN
     description: "SBS clock enable during sleep mode\r Set and reset by software."
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
@@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ fieldset/APB3LPENR:
 fieldset/APB3RSTR:
   description: RCC APB3 peripheral reset register
   fields:
-  - name: SBSRST
+  - name: SYSCFGRST
     description: "SBS block reset\r Set and reset by software."
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1

data/registers/rcc_h50.yaml

@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ fieldset/APB2RSTR:
 fieldset/APB3ENR:
   description: RCC APB3 peripheral clock register
   fields:
-  - name: SBSEN
+  - name: SYSCFGEN
     description: "SBS clock enable\r Set and reset by software."
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ fieldset/APB3ENR:
 fieldset/APB3LPENR:
   description: RCC APB3 sleep clock register
   fields:
-  - name: SBSLPEN
+  - name: SYSCFGLPEN
     description: "SBS clock enable during sleep mode\r Set and reset by software."
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ fieldset/APB3LPENR:
 fieldset/APB3RSTR:
   description: RCC APB3 peripheral reset register
   fields:
-  - name: SBSRST
+  - name: SYSCFGRST
     description: "SBS block reset\r Set and reset by software."
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1

data/registers/rcc_h7.yaml

@@ -312,15 +312,15 @@ fieldset/AHB1ENR:
     description: ART Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACEN
+  - name: ETHEN
     description: Ethernet MAC bus interface Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1TXEN
+  - name: ETHTXEN
     description: Ethernet Transmission Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1RXEN
+  - name: ETHRXEN
     description: Ethernet Reception Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 1
@@ -359,15 +359,15 @@ fieldset/AHB1LPENR:
     description: ART Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACLPEN
+  - name: ETHLPEN
     description: Ethernet MAC bus interface Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1TXLPEN
+  - name: ETHTXLPEN
     description: Ethernet Transmission Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1RXLPEN
+  - name: ETHRXLPEN
     description: Ethernet Reception Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 1
@@ -406,8 +406,8 @@ fieldset/AHB1RSTR:
     description: ART block reset
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACRST
-    description: ETH1MAC block reset
+  - name: ETHRST
+    description: ETH block reset
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
   - name: USB_OTG_HSRST
@@ -1802,15 +1802,15 @@ fieldset/C1_AHB1ENR:
     description: ART Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACEN
+  - name: ETHEN
     description: Ethernet MAC bus interface Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1TXEN
+  - name: ETHTXEN
     description: Ethernet Transmission Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1RXEN
+  - name: ETHRXEN
     description: Ethernet Reception Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 1
@@ -1849,15 +1849,15 @@ fieldset/C1_AHB1LPENR:
     description: ART Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACLPEN
+  - name: ETHLPEN
     description: Ethernet MAC bus interface Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1TXLPEN
+  - name: ETHTXLPEN
     description: Ethernet Transmission Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1RXLPEN
+  - name: ETHRXLPEN
     description: Ethernet Reception Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 1
@@ -3073,9 +3073,10 @@ fieldset/D1CCIPR:
     bit_size: 2
     enum: FMCSEL
   - name: DSISEL
-    description: kernel clock source selection
+    description: DSI clock source selection (not available on all chips)
     bit_offset: 8
     bit_size: 1
+    enum: DSISEL
   - name: SDMMCSEL
     description: SDMMC kernel clock source selection
     bit_offset: 16
@@ -3550,6 +3551,15 @@ enum/DFSDMSEL:
   - name: SYS
     description: System clock selected as peripheral clock
     value: 1
+enum/DSISEL:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: DSI_PHY
+    description: DSI-PHY used as DSI byte lane clock source (usual case)
+    value: 0
+  - name: PLL2_Q
+    description: PLL2_Q used as DSI byte lane clock source, used in case DSI PLL and DSI-PHY are off (low power mode)
+    value: 1
 enum/FDCANSEL:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:

data/registers/rcc_h7ab.yaml

@@ -232,15 +232,15 @@ fieldset/AHB1ENR:
     description: ART Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACEN
+  - name: ETHEN
     description: Ethernet MAC bus interface Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1TXEN
+  - name: ETHTXEN
     description: Ethernet Transmission Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1RXEN
+  - name: ETHRXEN
     description: Ethernet Reception Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 1
@@ -279,15 +279,15 @@ fieldset/AHB1LPENR:
     description: ART Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACLPEN
+  - name: ETHLPEN
     description: Ethernet MAC bus interface Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1TXLPEN
+  - name: ETHTXLPEN
     description: Ethernet Transmission Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1RXLPEN
+  - name: ETHRXLPEN
     description: Ethernet Reception Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 1
@@ -326,8 +326,8 @@ fieldset/AHB1RSTR:
     description: ART block reset
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACRST
-    description: ETH1MAC block reset
+  - name: ETHRST
+    description: ETH block reset
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
   - name: USB_OTG_HSRST
@@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ fieldset/CIFR:
     description: HSE ready Interrupt Flag
     bit_offset: 3
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: CSIRDY
+  - name: CSIRDYF
     description: CSI ready Interrupt Flag
     bit_offset: 4
     bit_size: 1
@@ -2018,10 +2018,6 @@ fieldset/D1CCIPR:
     bit_offset: 4
     bit_size: 2
     enum: FMCSEL
-  - name: DSISEL
-    description: kernel clock source selection
-    bit_offset: 8
-    bit_size: 1
   - name: SDMMCSEL
     description: SDMMC kernel clock source selection
     bit_offset: 16

data/registers/rcc_h7rm0433.yaml

@@ -312,15 +312,15 @@ fieldset/AHB1ENR:
     description: ART Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACEN
+  - name: ETHEN
     description: Ethernet MAC bus interface Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1TXEN
+  - name: ETHTXEN
     description: Ethernet Transmission Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1RXEN
+  - name: ETHRXEN
     description: Ethernet Reception Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 1
@@ -359,15 +359,15 @@ fieldset/AHB1LPENR:
     description: ART Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACLPEN
+  - name: ETHLPEN
     description: Ethernet MAC bus interface Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1TXLPEN
+  - name: ETHTXLPEN
     description: Ethernet Transmission Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1RXLPEN
+  - name: ETHRXLPEN
     description: Ethernet Reception Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 1
@@ -406,8 +406,8 @@ fieldset/AHB1RSTR:
     description: ART block reset
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACRST
-    description: ETH1MAC block reset
+  - name: ETHRST
+    description: ETH block reset
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
   - name: USB_OTG_HSRST
@@ -1790,15 +1790,15 @@ fieldset/C1_AHB1ENR:
     description: ART Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACEN
+  - name: ETHEN
     description: Ethernet MAC bus interface Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1TXEN
+  - name: ETHTXEN
     description: Ethernet Transmission Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1RXEN
+  - name: ETHRXEN
     description: Ethernet Reception Clock Enable
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 1
@@ -1837,15 +1837,15 @@ fieldset/C1_AHB1LPENR:
     description: ART Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 14
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1MACLPEN
+  - name: ETHLPEN
     description: Ethernet MAC bus interface Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 15
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1TXLPEN
+  - name: ETHTXLPEN
     description: Ethernet Transmission Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: ETH1RXLPEN
+  - name: ETHRXLPEN
     description: Ethernet Reception Clock Enable During CSleep Mode
     bit_offset: 17
     bit_size: 1
@@ -3055,10 +3055,6 @@ fieldset/D1CCIPR:
     bit_offset: 4
     bit_size: 2
     enum: FMCSEL
-  - name: DSISEL
-    description: kernel clock source selection
-    bit_offset: 8
-    bit_size: 1
   - name: SDMMCSEL
     description: SDMMC kernel clock source selection
     bit_offset: 16

data/registers/rcc_l0.yaml

@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ fieldset/AHBENR:
     description: CRC clock enable
     bit_offset: 12
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: TOUCHEN
+  - name: TSCEN
     description: Touch Sensing clock enable
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ fieldset/AHBRSTR:
     description: Test integration module reset
     bit_offset: 12
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: TOUCHRST
+  - name: TSCRST
     description: Touch Sensing reset
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ fieldset/AHBSMENR:
     description: CRC clock enable during sleep mode
     bit_offset: 12
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: TOUCHSMEN
+  - name: TSCSMEN
     description: Touch Sensing clock enable during sleep mode
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1

data/registers/rcc_l0_v2.yaml

@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ fieldset/AHBENR:
     description: CRC clock enable
     bit_offset: 12
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: TOUCHEN
+  - name: TSCEN
     description: Touch Sensing clock enable
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ fieldset/AHBRSTR:
     description: Test integration module reset
     bit_offset: 12
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: TOUCHRST
+  - name: TSCRST
     description: Touch Sensing reset
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ fieldset/AHBSMENR:
     description: CRC clock enable during sleep mode
     bit_offset: 12
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: TOUCHSMEN
+  - name: TSCSMEN
     description: Touch Sensing clock enable during sleep mode
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 1

data/registers/rcc_l4plus.yaml

@@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ enum/DFSDMSEL:
 enum/DSISEL:
   bit_size: 1
   variants:
-  - name: DSIPHY
+  - name: DSI_PHY
     description: DSI-PHY is selected as DSI byte lane clock source (usual case)
     value: 0
   - name: PLLSAI2_Q

data/registers/rcc_u0.yaml

@@ -1047,25 +1047,6 @@ fieldset/DBGCFGR:
     description: Debug support reset Set and cleared by software.
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
-fieldset/ICSCR:
-  description: Internal clock sources calibration register.
-  fields:
-  - name: MSICAL
-    description: MSI clock calibration These bits are initialized at startup with the factory-programmed MSI calibration trim value. When MSITRIM is written, MSICAL is updated with the sum of MSITRIM and the factory trim value.
-    bit_offset: 0
-    bit_size: 8
-  - name: MSITRIM
-    description: MSI clock trimming These bits provide an additional user-programmable trimming value that is added to the MSICAL[7:0] bits. It can be programmed to adjust to variations in voltage and temperature that influence the frequency of the MSI.
-    bit_offset: 8
-    bit_size: 8
-  - name: HSICAL
-    description: HSI clock calibration These bits are initialized at startup with the factory-programmed HSI calibration trim value. When HSITRIM is written, HSICAL is updated with the sum of HSITRIM and the factory trim value.
-    bit_offset: 16
-    bit_size: 8
-  - name: HSITRIM
-    description: HSI clock trimming These bits provide an additional user-programmable trimming value that is added to the HSICAL[7:0] bits. It can be programmed to adjust to variations in voltage and temperature that influence the frequency of the HSI. The default value is 64 when added to the HSICAL value, trim the HSI to 161MHz 1 11%.
-    bit_offset: 24
-    bit_size: 7
 fieldset/GPIOENR:
   description: I/O port clock enable register.
   fields:
@@ -1147,6 +1128,25 @@ fieldset/GPIOSMENR:
     description: I/O port F clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software.
     bit_offset: 5
     bit_size: 1
+fieldset/ICSCR:
+  description: Internal clock sources calibration register.
+  fields:
+  - name: MSICAL
+    description: MSI clock calibration These bits are initialized at startup with the factory-programmed MSI calibration trim value. When MSITRIM is written, MSICAL is updated with the sum of MSITRIM and the factory trim value.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: MSITRIM
+    description: MSI clock trimming These bits provide an additional user-programmable trimming value that is added to the MSICAL[7:0] bits. It can be programmed to adjust to variations in voltage and temperature that influence the frequency of the MSI.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: HSICAL
+    description: HSI clock calibration These bits are initialized at startup with the factory-programmed HSI calibration trim value. When HSITRIM is written, HSICAL is updated with the sum of HSITRIM and the factory trim value.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: HSITRIM
+    description: HSI clock trimming These bits provide an additional user-programmable trimming value that is added to the HSICAL[7:0] bits. It can be programmed to adjust to variations in voltage and temperature that influence the frequency of the HSI. The default value is 64 when added to the HSICAL value, trim the HSI to 161MHz 1 11%.
+    bit_offset: 24
+    bit_size: 7
 fieldset/PLLCFGR:
   description: PLL configuration register.
   fields:

data/registers/rcc_u5.yaml

@@ -2499,8 +2499,8 @@ enum/DSISEL:
   - name: PLL3_P
     description: PLL3 “P” (pll3_p_ck) selected
     value: 0
-  - name: DCLK
-    description: DSI PHY PLL output selected
+  - name: DSI_PHY
+    description: DSI PHY PLL output selected (formerly called DCLK, renamed to DSI_PHY to match other chip families)
     value: 1
 enum/FDCANSEL:
   bit_size: 2

data/registers/spi_v3.yaml

@@ -31,34 +31,34 @@ block/SPI:
     byte_offset: 24
     access: Write
     fieldset: IFCR
+  - name: TXDR16
+    description: Transmit Data Register - half-word sized
+    byte_offset: 32
+    access: Write
+    bit_size: 16
   - name: TXDR32
     description: Transmit Data Register
     byte_offset: 32
     access: Write
-  - name: TXDR16
-    description: Transmit Data Register - half-word sized
-    byte_offset: 32
-    bit_size: 16
-    access: Write
   - name: TXDR8
     description: Transmit Data Register - byte sized
     byte_offset: 32
-    bit_size: 8
     access: Write
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: RXDR16
+    description: Receive Data Register - half-word sized
+    byte_offset: 48
+    access: Read
+    bit_size: 16
   - name: RXDR32
     description: Receive Data Register
     byte_offset: 48
     access: Read
-  - name: RXDR16
-    description: Receive Data Register - half-word sized
-    byte_offset: 48
-    bit_size: 16
-    access: Read
   - name: RXDR8
     description: Receive Data Register - byte sized
     byte_offset: 48
-    bit_size: 8
     access: Read
+    bit_size: 8
   - name: CRCPOLY
     description: Polynomial Register
     byte_offset: 64

data/registers/spi_v4.yaml

@@ -31,34 +31,34 @@ block/SPI:
     byte_offset: 24
     access: Write
     fieldset: IFCR
+  - name: TXDR16
+    description: Transmit Data Register - half-word sized
+    byte_offset: 32
+    access: Write
+    bit_size: 16
   - name: TXDR32
     description: Transmit Data Register
     byte_offset: 32
     access: Write
-  - name: TXDR16
-    description: Transmit Data Register - half-word sized
-    byte_offset: 32
-    bit_size: 16
-    access: Write
   - name: TXDR8
     description: Transmit Data Register - byte sized
     byte_offset: 32
-    bit_size: 8
     access: Write
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: RXDR16
+    description: Receive Data Register - half-word sized
+    byte_offset: 48
+    access: Read
+    bit_size: 16
   - name: RXDR32
     description: Receive Data Register
     byte_offset: 48
     access: Read
-  - name: RXDR16
-    description: Receive Data Register - half-word sized
-    byte_offset: 48
-    bit_size: 16
-    access: Read
   - name: RXDR8
     description: Receive Data Register - byte sized
     byte_offset: 48
-    bit_size: 8
     access: Read
+    bit_size: 8
   - name: CRCPOLY
     description: Polynomial Register
     byte_offset: 64

data/registers/spi_v5.yaml

@@ -34,34 +34,34 @@ block/SPI:
   - name: AUTOCR
     byte_offset: 28
     fieldset: AUTOCR
+  - name: TXDR16
+    description: Transmit Data Register - half-word sized
+    byte_offset: 32
+    access: Write
+    bit_size: 16
   - name: TXDR32
     description: Transmit Data Register
     byte_offset: 32
     access: Write
-  - name: TXDR16
-    description: Transmit Data Register - half-word sized
-    byte_offset: 32
-    bit_size: 16
-    access: Write
   - name: TXDR8
     description: Transmit Data Register - byte sized
     byte_offset: 32
-    bit_size: 8
     access: Write
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: RXDR16
+    description: Receive Data Register - half-word sized
+    byte_offset: 48
+    access: Read
+    bit_size: 16
   - name: RXDR32
     description: Receive Data Register
     byte_offset: 48
     access: Read
-  - name: RXDR16
-    description: Receive Data Register - half-word sized
-    byte_offset: 48
-    bit_size: 16
-    access: Read
   - name: RXDR8
     description: Receive Data Register - byte sized
     byte_offset: 48
-    bit_size: 8
     access: Read
+    bit_size: 8
   - name: CRCPOLY
     description: Polynomial Register
     byte_offset: 64

data/registers/syscfg_h5.yaml

@@ -365,13 +365,13 @@ enum/EPOCH_SEL:
 enum/ETH_SEL_PHY:
   bit_size: 3
   variants:
-  - name: B_0x0
+  - name: MII_GMII
     description: GMII or MII
     value: 0
-  - name: B_0x1
+  - name: ReservedRGMII
     description: reserved (RGMII)
     value: 1
-  - name: B_0x4
+  - name: RMII
     description: RMII
     value: 4
 enum/HDPL:

data/registers/syscfg_h7.yaml

@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ fieldset/CCCSR:
     description: Code selection
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: READY
+  - name: RDY
     description: Compensation cell ready flag
     bit_offset: 8
     bit_size: 1
@@ -218,10 +218,11 @@ fieldset/PMCR:
     description: Analog switch supply voltage selection
     bit_offset: 9
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: EPIS
-    description: Ethernet PHY Interface Selection
+  - name: ETH_SEL_PHY
+    description: Ethernet PHY interface selection.
     bit_offset: 21
     bit_size: 3
+    enum: ETH_SEL_PHY
   - name: PA0SO
     description: PA0 Switch Open
     bit_offset: 24
@@ -413,6 +414,15 @@ fieldset/UR9:
     description: Protected area start address for bank 2
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 12
+enum/ETH_SEL_PHY:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: MII_GMII
+    description: GMII or MII
+    value: 0
+  - name: RMII
+    description: RMII
+    value: 4
 enum/ITCM_AXI_RAM_SIZE:
   bit_size: 2
   variants:

data/registers/syscfg_h7od.yaml

@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ fieldset/CCCSR:
     description: Code selection
     bit_offset: 1
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: READY
+  - name: RDY
     description: Compensation cell ready flag
     bit_offset: 8
     bit_size: 1
@@ -217,10 +217,11 @@ fieldset/PMCR:
     description: Analog switch supply voltage selection
     bit_offset: 9
     bit_size: 1
-  - name: EPIS
-    description: Ethernet PHY Interface Selection
+  - name: ETH_SEL_PHY
+    description: Ethernet PHY interface selection.
     bit_offset: 21
     bit_size: 3
+    enum: ETH_SEL_PHY
   - name: PA0SO
     description: PA0 Switch Open
     bit_offset: 24
@@ -407,3 +408,12 @@ fieldset/UR9:
     description: Protected area start address for bank 2
     bit_offset: 16
     bit_size: 12
+enum/ETH_SEL_PHY:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: MII_GMII
+    description: GMII or MII
+    value: 0
+  - name: RMII
+    description: RMII
+    value: 4

data/registers/syscfg_h7rs.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+block/SYSCFG:
+  description: System configuration, boot and security.
+  items:
+  - name: BOOTSR
+    description: SBS boot status register.
+    byte_offset: 0
+    fieldset: BOOTSR
+  - name: HDPLCR
+    description: SBS hide protection control register.
+    byte_offset: 16
+    fieldset: HDPLCR
+  - name: HDPLSR
+    description: SBS hide protection status register.
+    byte_offset: 20
+    fieldset: HDPLSR
+  - name: DBGCR
+    description: SBS debug control register.
+    byte_offset: 32
+    fieldset: DBGCR
+  - name: DBGLOCKR
+    description: SBS debug lock register.
+    byte_offset: 36
+    fieldset: DBGLOCKR
+  - name: RSSCMDR
+    description: SBS RSS command register.
+    byte_offset: 52
+    fieldset: RSSCMDR
+  - name: PMCR
+    description: SBS product mode and configuration register.
+    byte_offset: 256
+    fieldset: PMCR
+  - name: FPUIMR
+    description: SBS FPU interrupt mask register.
+    byte_offset: 260
+    fieldset: FPUIMR
+  - name: MESR
+    description: SBS memory erase status register.
+    byte_offset: 264
+    fieldset: MESR
+  - name: CCCSR
+    description: SBS I/O compensation cell control and status register.
+    byte_offset: 272
+    fieldset: CCCSR
+  - name: CCVALR
+    description: SBS compensation cell for I/Os value register.
+    byte_offset: 276
+    fieldset: CCVALR
+  - name: CCSWVALR
+    description: SBS compensation cell for I/Os software value register.
+    byte_offset: 280
+    fieldset: CCSWVALR
+  - name: BKLOCKR
+    description: SBS break lockup register.
+    byte_offset: 288
+    fieldset: BKLOCKR
+  - name: EXTICR
+    description: external interrupt configuration register
+    array:
+      len: 4
+      stride: 4
+    byte_offset: 304
+    fieldset: EXTICR
+fieldset/BKLOCKR:
+  description: SBS break lockup register.
+  fields:
+  - name: PVD_BL
+    description: PVD break lock This bit is set by SW and cleared only by a system reset. it can be used to enable and lock the connection to TIM1/8/15/16/17Break input as well as the PVDE and PLS[2:0] bitfields in the PWR_CR1 register. Once set, this bit is cleared only by a system reset.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: FLASHECC_BL
+    description: Flash ECC error break lock Set this bit to enable and lock the connection between embedded flash memory ECC double error detection flag and break inputs of TIM1/15/16/17 peripherals. Once set, this bit is cleared only by a system reset.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: CM7LCKUP_BL
+    description: Cortex-M7 lockup break lock Set this bit to enable and lock the connection between the Cortex-M7 lockup (HardFault) output and break inputs of TIM1/15/16/17 peripherals. Once set, this bit is cleared only by a system reset.
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: BKRAMECC_BL
+    description: Backup RAM ECC error break lock Set this bit to enable and lock the connection between backup RAM ECC double error detection flag and break inputs of TIM1/15/16/17 peripherals. Once set, this bit is cleared only by a system reset.
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: DTCMECC_BL
+    description: 'DTCM ECC error break lock Set this bit to enable and lock the connection between DTCM ECC double error detection flag and break inputs of TIM1/15/16/17 peripherals. Once set, this bit is cleared only by a system reset. Note: The DTCM0 and DTCM1 are Ored to give DTCMECC.'
+    bit_offset: 13
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ITCMECC_BL
+    description: ITCM ECC error break lock Set this bit to enable and lock the connection between ITCM ECC double error detection flag and break inputs of TIM1/15/16/17 peripherals. Once set, this bit is cleared only by a system reset.
+    bit_offset: 14
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ARAM3ECC_BL
+    description: AXIRAM3 ECC error break lock Set this bit to enable and lock the connection between AXIRAM3 ECC double error detection flag and break inputs of TIM1/15/16/17 peripherals. Once set this bit is cleared only by a system reset.
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ARAM1ECC_BL
+    description: AXIRAM1 ECC error break lock Set this bit to enable and lock the connection between AXIRAM1 ECC double error detection flag and break inputs of TIM1/15/16/17 peripherals. Once set, this bit is cleared only by a system reset.
+    bit_offset: 23
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/BOOTSR:
+  description: SBS boot status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: INITVTOR
+    description: initial vector for Cortex-M7 This register includes the physical boot address used by the Cortex-M7 after reset.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 32
+fieldset/CCCSR:
+  description: SBS I/O compensation cell control and status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: COMP_EN
+    description: Compensation cell enable Set this bit to enable the compensation cell.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: COMP_CODESEL
+    description: Compensation cell code selection This bit selects the code to be applied for the I/O compensation cell.
+    bit_offset: 1
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OCTO1_COMP_EN
+    description: XSPIM_P1 compensation cell enable Set this bit to enable the XSPIM_P1 compensation cell.
+    bit_offset: 2
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OCTO1_COMP_CODESEL
+    description: XSPIM_P1 compensation cell code selection This bit selects the code to be applied for the XSPIM_P1 I/O compensation cell.
+    bit_offset: 3
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OCTO2_COMP_EN
+    description: XSPIM_P2 compensation cell enable Set this bit to enable the XSPIM_P2 compensation cell.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OCTO2_COMP_CODESEL
+    description: XSPIM_P2 compensation cell code selection This bit selects the code to be applied for the XSPIM_P2 I/O compensation cell.
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: COMP_RDY
+    description: Compensation cell ready This bit provides the status of the compensation cell.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OCTO1_COMP_RDY
+    description: XSPIM_P1 compensation cell ready This bit provides the status of the XSPIM_P1 compensation cell.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OCTO2_COMP_RDY
+    description: XSPIM_P2 compensation cell ready This bit provides the status of the XSPIM_P2 compensation cell.
+    bit_offset: 10
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: IOHSLV
+    description: I/O high speed at low voltage When this bit is set, the speed of the I/Os is optimized when the device voltage is low. This bit is active only if VDDIO_HSLV user option bit is set in FLASH. It must be used only if the device supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting this bit when V<sub>DD</sub> is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OCTO1_IOHSLV
+    description: XSPIM_P1 I/O high speed at low voltage When this bit is set, the speed of the XSPIM_P1 I/Os is optimized when the device voltage is low. This bit is active only if OCTO1_HSLV user option bit is set in FLASH. This bit must be used only if the device supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting this bit when V<sub>DD</sub> is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive.
+    bit_offset: 17
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: OCTO2_IOHSLV
+    description: XSPIM_P2 I/O high speed at low voltage When this bit is set, the speed of the XSPIM_P2 I/Os is optimized when the device voltage is low. This bit is active only if OCTO2_HSLV user option bit is set in FLASH. This bit must be used only if the device supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting this bit when V<sub>DD</sub> is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive.
+    bit_offset: 18
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/CCSWVALR:
+  description: SBS compensation cell for I/Os software value register.
+  fields:
+  - name: SW_NSRC
+    description: Software NMOS transistors slew-rate compensation This bitfield returns the NMOS transistors slew-rate compensation value computed by the cell. It is interpreted to compensate the NMOS transistors slew rate in the functional range if COMP_CODESEL = 1 in SBS_CCCSR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: SW_PSRC
+    description: Software PMOS transistors slew-rate compensation This bitfield returns the PMOS transistors slew-rate compensation value computed by the cell. It is interpreted to compensate the PMOS transistors slew rate in the functional range if COMP_CODESEL = 1 in SBS_CCCSR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: OCTO1_SW_NSRC
+    description: XSPIM_P1 software NMOS transistors slew-rate compensation This bitfield returns the NMOS transistors slew -ate compensation value computed by the cell. It is interpreted by XSPIM_P1 to compensate the NMOS transistors slew rate in the functional range if OCTO1_COMP_CODESEL = 1 in SBS_CCCSR register.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: OCTO1_SW_PSRC
+    description: XSPIM_P1 software PMOS transistors slew-rate compensation This bitfield returns the PMOS transistors slew-rate compensation value computed by the cell. It is interpreted by XSPIM_P1 to compensate the PMOS transistors slew rate in the functional range if OCTO1_COMP_CODESEL = 1 in SBS_CCCSR register.
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: OCTO2_SW_NSRC
+    description: XSPIM_P2 software NMOS transistors slew-rate compensation This bitfield returns the NMOS transistors slew-rate compensation value computed by the cell. It is interpreted by XSPIM_P2 to compensate the NMOS transistors slew rate in the functional range if OCTO2_COMP_CODESEL = 1 in SBS_CCCSR register.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: OCTO2_SW_PSRC
+    description: XSPIM_P2 software PMOS transistors slew-rate compensation This bitfield returns the PMOS transistors slew-rate compensation value computed by the cell. It is interpreted by XSPIM_P2 to compensate the PMOS transistors slew rate in the functional range if OCTO2_COMP_CODESEL = 1 in SBS_CCCSR register.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 4
+fieldset/CCVALR:
+  description: SBS compensation cell for I/Os value register.
+  fields:
+  - name: NSRC
+    description: NMOS transistors slew-rate compensation This bitfield returns the NMOS transistors slew-rate compensation value computed by the cell. It is interpreted to compensate the NMOS transistors slew rate in the functional range if COMP_CODESEL = 0 in SBS_CCCSR register.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: PSRC
+    description: PMOS transistors slew-rate compensation This bitfield returns the PMOS transistors slew-rate compensation value computed by the cell. It is interpreted to compensate the PMOS transistors slew rate in the functional range if COMP_CODESEL = 0 in SBS_CCCSR register.
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: OCTO1_NSRC
+    description: XSPIM_P1 NMOS transistors slew-rate compensation This bitfield returns the NMOS transistors slew-rate compensation value computed by the cell. It is interpreted by XSPIM_P1 to compensate the NMOS transistors slew rate in the functional range if OCTO1_COMP_CODESEL = 0 in SBS_CCCSR register.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: OCTO1_PSRC
+    description: XSPIM_P1 PMOS transistors slew-rate compensation This bitfield returns the PMOS transistors slew-rate compensation value computed by the cell. It is interpreted by XSPIM_P1 to compensate the PMOS transistors slew rate in the functional range if OCTO1_COMP_CODESEL = 0 in SBS_CCCSR register.
+    bit_offset: 12
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: OCTO2_NSRC
+    description: XSPIM_P2 NMOS transistors slew-rate compensation This bitfield returns the NMOS transistors slew-rate compensation value computed by the cell. It is interpreted by XSPIM_P2 to compensate the NMOS transistors slew rate in the functional range if OCTO2_COMP_CODESEL = 0 in SBS_CCCSR register.
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 4
+  - name: OCTO2_PSRC
+    description: XSPIM_P2 PMOS transistors slew-rate compensation This bitfield returns the PMOS transistors slew-rate compensation value computed by the cell. It is interpreted by XSPIM_P2 to compensate the PMOS transistors slew rate in the functional range if OCTO2_COMP_CODESEL = 0 in SBS_CCCSR register.
+    bit_offset: 20
+    bit_size: 4
+fieldset/DBGCR:
+  description: SBS debug control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: AP_UNLOCK
+    description: access port unlock Write 0xB4 to this bitfield to open the device access port.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: DBG_UNLOCK
+    description: debug unlock Write 0xB4 to this bitfield to open the debug when HDPL in SBS_HDPLSR equals to DBG_AUTH_HDPL in this register.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 8
+  - name: DBG_AUTH_HDPL
+    description: 'authenticated debug hide protection level Writing to this bitfield defines at which HDPL the authenticated debug opens. Note: Writing any other values is ignored. Reading any other value means the authenticated debug always fails.'
+    bit_offset: 16
+    bit_size: 8
+    enum: DBG_AUTH_HDPL
+fieldset/DBGLOCKR:
+  description: SBS debug lock register.
+  fields:
+  - name: DBGCFG_LOCK
+    description: 'debug configuration lock Reading this bitfield returns 0x6A if the bitfield value is different from 0xB4. Other: Writes to SBS_DBGCR ignored Note: 0xC3 is the recommended value to lock the debug configuration using this bitfield.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+    enum: DBGCFG_LOCK
+fieldset/EXTICR:
+  description: external interrupt configuration register 2
+  fields:
+  - name: EXTI
+    description: EXTI x configuration (x = 4 to 7)
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 4
+    array:
+      len: 4
+      stride: 4
+fieldset/FPUIMR:
+  description: SBS FPU interrupt mask register.
+  fields:
+  - name: FPU_IE
+    description: 'FPU interrupt enable Set and cleared by software to enable the Cortex-M7 FPU interrupts xxxxx1: Invalid operation interrupt enabled (xxxxx0 to disable) xxxx1x: Divide-by-zero interrupt enabled (xxxx0x to disable) xxx1xx: Underflow interrupt enabled (xxx0xx to disable) xx1xxx: Overflow interrupt enabled (xx0xxx to disable) x1xxxx: Input denormal interrupt enabled (x0xxxx to disable) 1xxxxx: Inexact interrupt enabled (0xxxxx to disable), disabled by default.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 6
+fieldset/HDPLCR:
+  description: SBS hide protection control register.
+  fields:
+  - name: INCR_HDPL
+    description: increment HDPL Write 0x6A to increment device HDPL by one. After a write, the register value reverts to its default value (0xB4).
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+fieldset/HDPLSR:
+  description: SBS hide protection status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: HDPL
+    description: 'hide protection level This bitfield returns the current HDPL of the device. 0x6F and other codes: HDPL3, corresponding to non-boot application. Note: The device state (open/close) is defined in FLASH_NVSTATER register of the embedded Flash memory.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 8
+    enum: HDPL
+fieldset/MESR:
+  description: SBS memory erase status register.
+  fields:
+  - name: MEF
+    description: 'memory erase flag This bit is set by hardware when BKPRAM and PKA SRAM erase is ongoing after a POWER ON reset or one tamper event (see Section 50: Tamper and backup registers (TAMP) for details). This bit is cleared when the erase is done.'
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 1
+fieldset/PMCR:
+  description: SBS product mode and configuration register.
+  fields:
+  - name: FMPLUS_PB6
+    description: Fast-mode Plus on PB(6).
+    bit_offset: 4
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: FMPLUS_PB7
+    description: Fast-mode Plus on PB(7).
+    bit_offset: 5
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: FMPLUS_PB8
+    description: Fast-mode Plus on PB(8).
+    bit_offset: 6
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: FMPLUS_PB9
+    description: Fast-mode Plus on PB(9).
+    bit_offset: 7
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: BOOSTEN
+    description: booster enable Set this bit to reduce the THD of the analog switches when the supply voltage is below 2.7 V. guaranteeing the same performance as with the full voltage range. To avoid current consumption due to booster activation when V<sub>DDA</sub> < 2.7 V and V<sub>DD</sub> > 2.7 V, V<sub>DD</sub> can be selected as supply voltage for analog switches by setting BOOSTVDDSEL bit in SBS_PMCR. In this case, the BOOSTEN bit must be cleared to avoid unwanted power consumption.
+    bit_offset: 8
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: BOOSTVDDSEL
+    description: booster V<sub>DD</sub> selection This bit selects the analog switch supply voltage, between V<sub>DD</sub>, V<sub>DDA</sub> and booster. To avoid current consumption due to booster activation when V<sub>DDA</sub> < 2.7 V and V<sub>DD</sub> > 2.7 V, V<sub>DD</sub> can be selected as supply voltage for analog switches. In this case, the BOOSTEN bit must be cleared to avoid unwanted power consumption. When both V<sub>DD and </sub>V<sub>DDA</sub> are below 2.7 V, the booster is still needed to obtain full AC performances from the I/O analog switches.
+    bit_offset: 9
+    bit_size: 1
+  - name: ETH_SEL_PHY
+    description: Ethernet PHY interface selection.
+    bit_offset: 21
+    bit_size: 3
+    enum: ETH_SEL_PHY
+  - name: AXIRAM_WS
+    description: AXIRAM wait state Set this bit to add one wait state to all AXIRAMs when ECC = 0. When ECC = 1 there is one wait state by default.
+    bit_offset: 28
+    bit_size: 1
+    enum: AXIRAM_WS
+fieldset/RSSCMDR:
+  description: SBS RSS command register.
+  fields:
+  - name: RSSCMD
+    description: RSS command The application can use this bitfield to pass on a command to the RSS, executed at the next reset.
+    bit_offset: 0
+    bit_size: 16
+enum/AXIRAM_WS:
+  bit_size: 1
+  variants:
+  - name: Ws0
+    description: No wait state added when accessing any AXIRAM with ECC = 0.
+    value: 0
+  - name: Ws1
+    description: One wait state added when accessing any AXIRAM with ECC = 0. In this case, Fmax = 500 MHz is not guaranteed. (TBC).
+    value: 1
+enum/DBGCFG_LOCK:
+  bit_size: 8
+  variants:
+  - name: Unlock
+    description: Writes to SBS_DBGCR allowed (default).
+    value: 180
+enum/DBG_AUTH_HDPL:
+  bit_size: 8
+  variants:
+  - name: HDPL1
+    description: HDPL1.
+    value: 81
+  - name: HDPL3
+    description: HDPL3.
+    value: 111
+  - name: HDPL2
+    description: HDPL2.
+    value: 138
+enum/ETH_SEL_PHY:
+  bit_size: 3
+  variants:
+  - name: MII_GMII
+    description: GMII or MII
+    value: 0
+  - name: RMII
+    description: RMII
+    value: 4
+enum/HDPL:
+  bit_size: 8
+  variants:
+  - name: HDPL1
+    description: HDPL1.
+    value: 81
+  - name: HDPL2
+    description: HDPL2.
+    value: 138
+  - name: HDPL0
+    description: HDPL0, corresponding to ST-RSS (default when device is close).
+    value: 180

data/registers/usbram_32_1024.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+block/USBRAM:
+  description: USB Endpoint memory
+  items:
+  - name: MEM
+    description: USB Endpoint memory
+    array:
+      len: 256
+      stride: 4
+    byte_offset: 0

stm32-data-gen/src/chips.rs

@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ use std::collections::{HashMap, HashSet};
 use stm32_data_serde::chip::core::peripheral::Pin;
 
 use super::*;
+use crate::gpio_af::parse_signal_name;
+use crate::normalize_peris::normalize_peri_name;
 
 mod xml {
     use serde::Deserialize;
@@ -86,7 +88,7 @@ fn chip_name_from_package_name(x: &str) -> String {
         (regex!("^(STM32G0....).xN$"), "$1"),
         (regex!("^(STM32L5....).x[PQ]$"), "$1"),
         (regex!("^(STM32L0....).xS$"), "$1"),
-        (regex!("^(STM32H7....).xQ$"), "$1"),
+        (regex!("^(STM32H7....).x[QH]$"), "$1"),
         (regex!("^(STM32U5....).xQ$"), "$1"),
         (regex!("^(STM32H5....).xQ$"), "$1"),
         (regex!("^(STM32WBA....).x$"), "$1"),
@@ -134,6 +136,7 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             (".*:LPUART:sci3_v1_3", ("usart", "v4", "LPUART")),
             (".*:LPUART:sci3_v1_4", ("usart", "v4", "LPUART")),
             ("STM32[HU]5.*:RNG:.*", ("rng", "v3", "RNG")),
+            ("STM32U0.*:RNG:.*", ("rng", "v3", "RNG")),
             ("STM32L5.*:RNG:.*", ("rng", "v2", "RNG")),
             ("STM32L4[PQ]5.*:RNG:.*", ("rng", "v2", "RNG")),
             ("STM32WL.*:RNG:.*", ("rng", "v2", "RNG")),
@@ -149,6 +152,7 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32F7.*:AES:.*", ("aes", "f7", "AES")),
             ("STM32F4.*:AES:.*", ("aes", "v1", "AES")),
             ("STM32G0.*:AES:.*", ("aes", "v2", "AES")),
+            ("STM32U0.*:AES:.*", ("aes", "v2", "AES")),
             ("STM32G4.*:AES:.*", ("aes", "v2", "AES")),
             ("STM32L0.*:AES:.*", ("aes", "v1", "AES")),
             ("STM32L1.*:AES:.*", ("aes", "v1", "AES")),
@@ -182,6 +186,7 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             (".*:I2C:F0-i2c2_v1_1", ("i2c", "v2", "I2C")),
             (".*:I2C:i2c2_v1_1F7", ("i2c", "v2", "I2C")),
             (".*:I2C:i2c2_v1_1U5", ("i2c", "v2", "I2C")),
+            (".*:I2C:i2c1_v1_0H7RS", ("i2c", "v3", "I2C")),
             ("STM32F10[1357].*:DAC:dacif_v1_1F1", ("dac", "v1", "DAC")), // Original F1 are v1
             (".*:DAC:dacif_v1_1F1", ("dac", "v2", "DAC")),
             (".*:DAC:F0dacif_v1_1", ("dac", "v2", "DAC")),
@@ -191,6 +196,7 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32L4[1-9A].*:DAC:dacif_v2_0", ("dac", "v3", "DAC")), // L4 non-plus are v3
             (".*:DAC:dacif_v2_0", ("dac", "v5", "DAC")),
             (".*:DAC:dacif_v2_0_U5", ("dac", "v6", "DAC")),
+            (".*:DAC:dacif_v2_0_U0", ("dac", "v4", "DAC")),
             (".*:DAC:dacif_v3_0", ("dac", "v4", "DAC")),
             (".*:DAC:WL_dacif_v3_0", ("dac", "v4", "DAC")),
             (".*:DAC:G4_dacif_v4_0", ("dac", "v7", "DAC")),
@@ -211,26 +217,25 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32WL5.*:ADC:.*", ("adc", "g0", "ADC")),
             ("STM32WLE.*:ADC:.*", ("adc", "g0", "ADC")),
             ("STM32G0.*:ADC:.*", ("adc", "g0", "ADC")),
-            ("STM32G0.*:ADC_COMMON:.*", ("adccommon", "v3", "ADC_COMMON")),
+            ("STM32U0.*:ADC:.*", ("adc", "u0", "ADC")),
             ("STM32G4.*:ADC:.*", ("adc", "g4", "ADC")),
-            ("STM32G4.*:ADC_COMMON:.*", ("adccommon", "v4", "ADC_COMMON")),
-            (".*:ADC_COMMON:aditf2_v1_1", ("adccommon", "v2", "ADC_COMMON")),
-            (".*:ADC_COMMON:aditf5_v2_0", ("adccommon", "v3", "ADC_COMMON")),
-            (".*:ADC_COMMON:aditf5_v2_2", ("adccommon", "v3", "ADC_COMMON")),
-            (".*:ADC_COMMON:aditf4_v3_0_WL", ("adccommon", "v3", "ADC_COMMON")),
-            (".*:ADC_COMMON:aditf5_v1_1", ("adccommon", "f3", "ADC_COMMON")),
-            (".*:ADC3_COMMON:aditf5_v1_1", ("adccommon", "f3", "ADC_COMMON")),
+            ("STM32G0.*:ADC\\d*_COMMON:.*", ("adccommon", "v3", "ADC_COMMON")),
+            ("STM32U0.*:ADC\\d*_COMMON:.*", ("adccommon", "v3", "ADC_COMMON")),
+            ("STM32G4.*:ADC\\d*_COMMON:.*", ("adccommon", "v4", "ADC_COMMON")),
             (
-                "STM32H50.*:ADC_COMMON:aditf5_v3_0_H5",
-                ("adccommon", "h50", "ADC_COMMON"),
+                "STM32(L[45]|W[BL]).*:ADC\\d*_COMMON:.*",
+                ("adccommon", "v3", "ADC_COMMON"),
             ),
-            ("STM32H5.*:ADC_COMMON:aditf5_v3_0_H5", ("adccommon", "h5", "ADC_COMMON")),
-            ("STM32H7.*:ADC_COMMON:.*", ("adccommon", "v4", "ADC_COMMON")),
-            ("STM32H7.*:ADC3_COMMON:.*", ("adccommon", "v4", "ADC_COMMON")),
+            ("STM32F3.*:ADC\\d*_COMMON:.*", ("adccommon", "f3", "ADC_COMMON")),
+            ("STM32F[247].*:ADC\\d*_COMMON:.*", ("adccommon", "v2", "ADC_COMMON")),
+            ("STM32H50.*:ADC\\d*_COMMON:.*", ("adccommon", "h50", "ADC_COMMON")),
+            ("STM32H5.*:ADC\\d*_COMMON:.*", ("adccommon", "h5", "ADC_COMMON")),
+            ("STM32H7.*:ADC\\d*_COMMON:.*", ("adccommon", "v4", "ADC_COMMON")),
             ("STM32G4.*:OPAMP:G4_tsmc90_fastOpamp", ("opamp", "g4", "OPAMP")),
             ("STM32F3.*:OPAMP:tsmc018_ull_opamp_v1_0", ("opamp", "f3", "OPAMP")),
             ("STM32H7.*:OPAMP:.*", ("opamp", "h_v1", "OPAMP")),
             ("STM32H5.*:OPAMP:.*", ("opamp", "h_v2", "OPAMP")),
+            ("STM32U0.*:OPAMP:.*", ("opamp", "u0", "OPAMP")),
             (".*:DCMI:.*", ("dcmi", "v1", "DCMI")),
             ("STM32C0.*:SYSCFG:.*", ("syscfg", "c0", "SYSCFG")),
             ("STM32F0.*:SYSCFG:.*", ("syscfg", "f0", "SYSCFG")),
@@ -244,6 +249,7 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32L5.*:SYSCFG:.*", ("syscfg", "l5", "SYSCFG")),
             ("STM32G0.*:SYSCFG:.*", ("syscfg", "g0", "SYSCFG")),
             ("STM32G4.*:SYSCFG:.*", ("syscfg", "g4", "SYSCFG")),
+            ("STM32H7[RS].*:SYSCFG:.*", ("syscfg", "h7rs", "SYSCFG")),
             (
                 "STM32H7(45|47|55|57|42|43|53|50).*:SYSCFG:.*",
                 ("syscfg", "h7od", "SYSCFG"),
@@ -255,8 +261,8 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32WB.*:SYSCFG:.*", ("syscfg", "wb", "SYSCFG")),
             ("STM32WL5.*:SYSCFG:.*", ("syscfg", "wl5", "SYSCFG")),
             ("STM32WLE.*:SYSCFG:.*", ("syscfg", "wle", "SYSCFG")),
-            ("STM32H50.*:SBS:.*", ("syscfg", "h50", "SYSCFG")),
-            ("STM32H5.*:SBS:.*", ("syscfg", "h5", "SYSCFG")),
+            ("STM32H50.*:SYSCFG:.*", ("syscfg", "h50", "SYSCFG")),
+            ("STM32H5.*:SYSCFG:.*", ("syscfg", "h5", "SYSCFG")),
             (".*:IWDG:iwdg1_v1_1", ("iwdg", "v1", "IWDG")),
             (".*:IWDG:iwdg1_v2_0", ("iwdg", "v2", "IWDG")),
             (".*:IWDG:iwdg1_v3_0", ("iwdg", "v3", "IWDG")),
@@ -264,6 +270,10 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             (".*:WWDG:wwdg1_v2_0", ("wwdg", "v2", "WWDG")),
             (".*:JPEG:jpeg1_v1_0", ("jpeg", "v1", "JPEG")),
             (".*:LTDC:lcdtft1_v1_1", ("ltdc", "v1", "LTDC")),
+            (".*:DSIHOST:dsihost1_v1_0", ("dsihost", "v1", "DSIHOST")),
+            (".*:DSIHOST:dsihost1_v1_0_SHARK", ("dsihost", "v1", "DSIHOST")),
+            (".*:DSIHOST:dsihost1_v2_0", ("dsihost", "v2", "DSIHOST")),
+            (".*:DSIHOST:dsihost_U5", ("dsihost", "u5", "DSIHOST")),
             (".*:MDIOS:mdios1_v1_0", ("mdios", "v1", "MDIOS")),
             (".*:QUADSPI:.*", ("quadspi", "v1", "QUADSPI")),
             ("STM32F1.*:BKP.*", ("bkp", "v1", "BKP")),
@@ -286,6 +296,7 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             (".*:RTC:rtc3_v1_1", ("rtc", "v3", "RTC")),
             (".*:RTC:rtc3_v2_0", ("rtc", "v3", "RTC")),
             (".*:RTC:rtc3_v3_0", ("rtc", "v3", "RTC")),
+            (".*:RTC:rtc3_v3_5", ("rtc", "v3", "RTC")),
             (".*:SAI:sai1_v1_0", ("sai", "v1", "SAI")),
             (".*:SAI:sai1_v1_1", ("sai", "v2", "SAI")),
             (".*:SAI:sai1_v1_2", ("sai", "v2", "SAI")),
@@ -308,8 +319,9 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32F373.*:USBRAM:.*", ("usbram", "16x2_512", "USBRAM")),
             ("STM32(F0|L[045]|G4|WB).*:USB:.*", ("usb", "v3", "USB")),
             ("STM32(F0|L[045]|G4|WB).*:USBRAM:.*", ("usbram", "16x2_1024", "USBRAM")),
-            ("STM32(G0|H5|U5).*:USB:.*", ("usb", "v4", "USB")),
+            ("STM32(G0|H5|U5|U0).*:USB:.*", ("usb", "v4", "USB")),
             ("STM32(G0|H5|U5).*:USBRAM:.*", ("usbram", "32_2048", "USBRAM")),
+            ("STM32U0.*:USBRAM:.*", ("usbram", "32_1024", "USBRAM")),
             // # USB OTG
             (".*:USB_OTG_FS:otgfs1_.*", ("otg", "v1", "OTG")),
             ("STM32U5A.*:USB_OTG_HS:otghs1_.*", ("otg", "v2", "OTG")),
@@ -336,6 +348,7 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32F7.*:RCC:.*", ("rcc", "f7", "RCC")),
             ("STM32G0.*:RCC:.*", ("rcc", "g0", "RCC")),
             ("STM32G4.*:RCC:.*", ("rcc", "g4", "RCC")),
+            ("STM32H7[RS].*:RCC:.*", ("rcc", "h7rs", "RCC")),
             ("STM32H7[AB].*:RCC:.*", ("rcc", "h7ab", "RCC")),
             ("STM32H7(42|43|53|50).*:RCC:.*", ("rcc", "h7rm0433", "RCC")),
             ("STM32H7.*:RCC:.*", ("rcc", "h7", "RCC")),
@@ -376,6 +389,7 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32G0.*:CRS:.*", ("crs", "v1", "CRS")),
             ("STM32G4.*:CRS:.*", ("crs", "v1", "CRS")),
             ("STM32U5.*:CRS:.*", ("crs", "v1", "CRS")),
+            ("STM32U0.*:CRS:.*", ("crs", "v1", "CRS")),
             ("STM32H5.*:CRS:.*", ("crs", "v1", "CRS")),
             ("STM32H7.*:CRS:.*", ("crs", "v1", "CRS")),
             ("STM32WB.*:CRS:.*", ("crs", "v1", "CRS")),
@@ -384,6 +398,7 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32C0.*:PWR:.*", ("pwr", "c0", "PWR")),
             ("STM32G0.*:PWR:.*", ("pwr", "g0", "PWR")),
             ("STM32G4.*:PWR:.*", ("pwr", "g4", "PWR")),
+            ("STM32H7[RS].*:PWR:.*", ("pwr", "h7rs", "PWR")),
             ("STM32H7(45|47|55|57).*:PWR:.*", ("pwr", "h7rm0399", "PWR")),
             ("STM32H7(42|43|53|50).*:PWR:.*", ("pwr", "h7rm0433", "PWR")),
             ("STM32H7(23|25|33|35|30).*:PWR:.*", ("pwr", "h7rm0468", "PWR")),
@@ -407,6 +422,7 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32WB.*:PWR:.*", ("pwr", "wb", "PWR")),
             ("STM32H50.*:PWR:.*", ("pwr", "h50", "PWR")),
             ("STM32H5.*:PWR:.*", ("pwr", "h5", "PWR")),
+            ("STM32H7[RS].*:FLASH:.*", ("flash", "h7rs", "FLASH")),
             ("STM32H7(A3|B3|B0).*:FLASH:.*", ("flash", "h7ab", "FLASH")),
             ("STM32H7.*:FLASH:.*", ("flash", "h7", "FLASH")),
             ("STM32F0.*:FLASH:.*", ("flash", "f0", "FLASH")),
@@ -473,8 +489,9 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32F.*:TIM(9|12):.*", ("timer", "v1", "TIM_2CH")),
             ("STM32F.*:TIM15:.*", ("timer", "v1", "TIM_2CH_CMP")),
             ("STM32F.*:TIM(16|17):.*", ("timer", "v1", "TIM_1CH_CMP")),
-            ("STM32F.*:LPTIM1:.*", ("lptim", "v1", "LPTIM")),
             ("STM32F.*:HRTIM:.*", ("hrtim", "v1", "HRTIM")),
+            // LPTIM for STM32Fx serials
+            ("STM32(F4|F7).*:LPTIM.*:.*", ("lptim", "v1a", "LPTIM")),
             // AN4013 Table 3: STM32Lx serials
             // Override for STM32L0 serial
             ("STM32L0.*:TIM(2|3):.*", ("timer", "l0", "TIM_GP16")),
@@ -491,8 +508,11 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32L.*:TIM(9|21|22):.*", ("timer", "v1", "TIM_2CH")),
             ("STM32L.*:TIM15:.*", ("timer", "v1", "TIM_2CH_CMP")),
             ("STM32L.*:TIM(16|17):.*", ("timer", "v1", "TIM_1CH_CMP")),
-            ("STM32L5.*:LPTIM.*:.*", ("lptim", "v2a", "LPTIM")),
-            ("STM32L.*:LPTIM(1|2|3):.*", ("lptim", "v1", "LPTIM")),
+            // LPTIM for STM32Lx
+            ("STM32L5.*:LPTIM.*:.*", ("lptim", "v1c", "LPTIM")),
+            ("STM32L4[PQRS].*:LPTIM.*:.*", ("lptim", "v1b", "LPTIM")),
+            ("STM32L4[^PQRS].*:LPTIM.*:.*", ("lptim", "v1a", "LPTIM")),
+            ("STM32L0.*:LPTIM.*:.*", ("lptim", "v1", "LPTIM")),
             // AN4013 Table 4: STM32Gx/Hx/Ux/Wx (and Cx) serials
             // timer_v2 for STM32Gx/Hx/Ux/Wx (and Cx) serials
             ("STM32U5.*:TIM(3|4):.*", ("timer", "v2", "TIM_GP32")),
@@ -507,9 +527,6 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32(G4|H5|U0|U5|WBA).*:TIM12:.*", ("timer", "v2", "TIM_2CH")),
             ("STM32(G4|H5|U0|U5|WBA).*:TIM15:.*", ("timer", "v2", "TIM_2CH_CMP")),
             ("STM32(G4|H5|U0|U5|WBA).*:TIM(16|17):.*", ("timer", "v2", "TIM_1CH_CMP")),
-            ("STM32WL.*:LPTIM.*:.*", ("lptim", "v2a", "LPTIM")),
-            ("STM32(H5|U5|WBA).*:LPTIM[12356]:.*", ("lptim", "v2b", "LPTIM_ADV")),
-            ("STM32(H5|U5).*:LPTIM4:.*", ("lptim", "v2b", "LPTIM_BASIC")),
             ("STM32G4.*:HRTIM1:.*", ("hrtim", "v2", "HRTIM")),
             // timer_v1 for STM32Gx/Hx/Ux/Wx (and Cx) serials
             ("STM32(C|G0|H7|WB|WL).*:TIM(1|8|20):.*", ("timer", "v1", "TIM_ADV")),
@@ -520,8 +537,15 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32(C|G0|H7|WB|WL).*:TIM12:.*", ("timer", "v1", "TIM_2CH")),
             ("STM32(C|G0|H7|WB|WL).*:TIM15:.*", ("timer", "v1", "TIM_2CH_CMP")),
             ("STM32(C|G0|H7|WB|WL).*:TIM(16|17):.*", ("timer", "v1", "TIM_1CH_CMP")),
-            ("STM32(C|G|H7|U|W).*:LPTIM[1-6]:.*", ("lptim", "v1", "LPTIM")),
             ("STM32[CGHUW].*:HRTIM1?:.*", ("hrtim", "v1", "HRTIM")),
+            // LPTIM for STM32Gx/Hx/Ux/Wx (and Cx) serials
+            ("STM32U0.*:LPTIM.*:.*", ("lptim", "v2b", "LPTIM")),
+            ("STM32(H5|U5|WBA).*:LPTIM[12356]:.*", ("lptim", "v2a", "LPTIM_ADV")),
+            ("STM32(H5|U5).*:LPTIM4:.*", ("lptim", "v2a", "LPTIM_BASIC")),
+            ("STM32WL.*:LPTIM.*:.*", ("lptim", "v1c", "LPTIM")),
+            ("STM32H7.*:LPTIM.*:.*", ("lptim", "v1b_h7", "LPTIM")),
+            ("STM32G4.*:LPTIM.*:.*", ("lptim", "v1b_g4", "LPTIM")),
+            ("STM32(G0|WB).*:LPTIM.*:.*", ("lptim", "v1b", "LPTIM")),
             //
             //// TIM mapping ends here ////
             ("STM32F0.*:DBGMCU:.*", ("dbgmcu", "f0", "DBGMCU")),
@@ -555,7 +579,9 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32WL5.*:HSEM:.*", ("hsem", "v3", "HSEM")),
             ("STM32WLE.*:HSEM:.*", ("hsem", "v4", "HSEM")),
             (".*:DMAMUX.*", ("dmamux", "v1", "DMAMUX")),
-            (r".*:GPDMA\d?:.*", ("gpdma", "v1", "GPDMA")),
+            (r".*:GPDMA\d?:.*", ("gpdma", "v1", "GPDMA")), // TODO there's multiple versions for with+without trustzone.
+            (r".*:HPDMA\d?:.*", ("gpdma", "v1", "GPDMA")), // TODO it has a few more bits like DWX
+            (r".*:LPDMA\d?:.*", ("lpdma", "v1", "LPDMA")),
             (r".*:BDMA\d?:.*", ("bdma", "v1", "DMA")),
             ("STM32H7.*:DMA2D:DMA2D:dma2d1_v1_0", ("dma2d", "v2", "DMA2D")),
             (".*:DMA2D:dma2d1_v1_0", ("dma2d", "v1", "DMA2D")),
@@ -580,6 +606,7 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32L[045].*:CRC:.*", ("crc", "v3", "CRC")),
             ("STM32W[BL].*:CRC:.*", ("crc", "v3", "CRC")),
             ("STM32C[0].*:CRC:.*", ("crc", "v3", "CRC")),
+            ("STM32U[0].*:CRC:.*", ("crc", "v3", "CRC")),
             ("STM32U[5].*:CRC:.*", ("crc", "v3", "CRC")),
             (".*:LCD:lcdc1_v1.0.*", ("lcd", "v1", "LCD")),
             (".*:LCD:lcdc1_v1.2.*", ("lcd", "v2", "LCD")),
@@ -630,6 +657,7 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             ("STM32WBA.*:TSC:.*", ("tsc", "v1", "TSC")),
             ("STM32L[045].*:TSC:.*", ("tsc", "v3", "TSC")),
             ("STM32U5.*:TSC:.*", ("tsc", "v3", "TSC")),
+            ("STM32U0.*:TSC:.*", ("tsc", "v2", "TSC")),
             ("*:VREFINTCAL:.*", ("vrefintcal", "v1", "VREFINTCAL")),
             ("STM32U5.*:ADF[12]:.*", ("adf", "v1", "ADF")),
             (".*:HASH:hash1_v1_0", ("hash", "v1", "HASH")),
@@ -640,11 +668,13 @@ impl PeriMatcher {
             (".*:HASH:hash1_v4_0", ("hash", "v3", "HASH")),
             (".*:CRYP:cryp1_v1_0.*", ("cryp", "v1", "CRYP")),
             (".*:CRYP:cryp1_v2_0_H7.*", ("cryp", "v3", "CRYP")),
+            (".*:CRYP:cryp1-v2_5", ("cryp", "v4", "CRYP")),
             (".*:CRYP:cryp1_v2_0.*", ("cryp", "v2", "CRYP")),
             ("STM32F41.*:CRYP:cryp1_v2_2.*", ("cryp", "v1", "CRYP")),
             (".*:CRYP:cryp1_v2_2.*", ("cryp", "v2", "CRYP")),
             ("STM32G0.1.*:.*:COMP:.*", ("comp", "v1", "COMP")),
             ("STM32G4.*:.*:COMP:.*", ("comp", "v2", "COMP")),
+            ("STM32U0.*:.*:COMP:.*", ("comp", "u0", "COMP")),
             ("STM32WL.*:.*:COMP:.*", ("comp", "v3", "COMP")),
             ("STM32H7[45].*:COMP:.*", ("comp", "h7_b", "COMP")),
             ("STM32H7[AB].*:COMP:.*", ("comp", "h7_a", "COMP")),
@@ -785,16 +815,6 @@ pub fn parse_groups() -> Result<(HashMap<String, Chip>, Vec<ChipGroup>), anyhow:
 static NOPELIST: &[&str] = &[
     // Not supported, not planned unless someone wants to do it.
     "STM32MP",
-    // not supported yet, planned. Pull requests welcome!
-    "STM32H52",
-    "STM32H53",
-    "STM32H7R",
-    "STM32H7S",
-    "STM32U5F",
-    "STM32U5G",
-    "STM32WBA50",
-    "STM32WBA54",
-    "STM32WBA55",
     // Does not exist in ST website. No datasheet, no RM.
     "STM32GBK",
     "STM32L485",
@@ -984,7 +1004,7 @@ fn process_core(
 
     let mut peri_kinds = HashMap::new();
     for ip in group.ips.values() {
-        let pname = ip.instance_name.clone();
+        let pname = normalize_peri_name(&ip.instance_name);
         let pkind = format!("{}:{}", ip.name, ip.version);
         let pkind = pkind.strip_suffix("_Cube").unwrap_or(&pkind);
 
@@ -997,6 +1017,14 @@ fn process_core(
             "IRTIM",
             // We add this as ghost peri
             "SYS",
+            "ADC_COMMON",
+            "ADC1_COMMON",
+            "ADC12_COMMON",
+            "ADC123_COMMON",
+            "ADC3_COMMON",
+            "ADC4_COMMON",
+            "ADC34_COMMON",
+            "ADC345_COMMON",
             // These are software libraries
             "FREERTOS",
             "PDM2PCM",
@@ -1011,29 +1039,11 @@ fn process_core(
             "TOUCHSENSING",
         ];
 
-        if FAKE_PERIPHERALS.contains(&pname.as_str()) {
+        if FAKE_PERIPHERALS.contains(&pname) {
             continue;
         }
 
-        let pname = match pname.as_str() {
-            "HDMI_CEC" => "CEC".to_string(),
-            "SUBGHZ" => "SUBGHZSPI".to_string(),
-            // remove when https://github.com/stm32-rs/stm32-rs/pull/789 merges
-            "USB_DRD_FS" => "USB".to_string(),
-            _ => pname,
-        };
-
-        if pname.starts_with("ADC") {
-            if let Entry::Vacant(entry) = peri_kinds.entry("ADC_COMMON".to_string()) {
-                entry.insert(format!("ADC_COMMON:{}", ip.version.strip_suffix("_Cube").unwrap()));
-            }
-        }
-        if pname.starts_with("ADC3") && (chip_name.starts_with("STM32H7") || chip_name.starts_with("STM32F3")) {
-            if let Entry::Vacant(entry) = peri_kinds.entry("ADC3_COMMON".to_string()) {
-                entry.insert(format!("ADC3_COMMON:{}", ip.version.strip_suffix("_Cube").unwrap()));
-            }
-        }
-        peri_kinds.insert(pname, pkind.to_string());
+        peri_kinds.insert(pname.to_string(), pkind.to_string());
     }
     const GHOST_PERIS: &[&str] = &[
         "GPIOA",
@@ -1075,9 +1085,17 @@ fn process_core(
         "VREFINTCAL",
         "UID",
         "HSEM",
+        "ADC1_COMMON",
+        "ADC12_COMMON",
+        "ADC123_COMMON",
+        "ADC3_COMMON",
+        "ADC4_COMMON",
+        "ADC34_COMMON",
+        "ADC345_COMMON",
     ];
     for pname in GHOST_PERIS {
-        if let Entry::Vacant(entry) = peri_kinds.entry(pname.to_string()) {
+        let normalized_pname = normalize_peri_name(pname);
+        if let Entry::Vacant(entry) = peri_kinds.entry(normalized_pname.to_string()) {
             if defines.get_peri_addr(pname).is_some() {
                 entry.insert("unknown".to_string());
             }
@@ -1117,27 +1135,21 @@ fn process_core(
     let mut periph_pins = HashMap::<_, Vec<_>>::new();
     for (pin_name, pin) in &group.pins {
         for signal in &pin.signals {
-            let mut signal = signal.name.clone();
-            if signal.starts_with("DEBUG_SUBGHZSPI-") {
-                signal = format!("SUBGHZSPI_{}", &signal[16..(signal.len() - 3)]);
-            }
+            let signal = &signal.name;
             // TODO: What are those signals (well, GPIO is clear) Which peripheral do they belong to?
-            if !["GPIO", "CEC", "AUDIOCLK", "VDDTCXO"].contains(&signal.as_str()) && !signal.contains("EXTI") {
-                // both peripherals and signals can have underscores in their names so there is no easy way to split
-                // check if signal name starts with one of the peripheral names
-                for periph in peri_kinds.keys() {
-                    if let Some(signal) = signal.strip_prefix(&format!("{periph}_")) {
-                        periph_pins.entry(periph.to_string()).or_default().push(
-                            stm32_data_serde::chip::core::peripheral::Pin {
-                                pin: pin_name.clone(),
-                                signal: signal.to_string(),
-                                af: None,
-                            },
-                        );
-                        break;
-                    }
-                }
+            if ["GPIO", "CEC", "AUDIOCLK", "VDDTCXO"].contains(&signal.as_str()) || signal.contains("EXTI") {
+                continue;
             }
+            let Some((signal_peri, signal_name)) = parse_signal_name(signal) else {
+                continue;
+            };
+            periph_pins.entry(signal_peri.to_string()).or_default().push(
+                stm32_data_serde::chip::core::peripheral::Pin {
+                    pin: pin_name.clone(),
+                    signal: signal_name.to_string(),
+                    af: None,
+                },
+            );
         }
     }
     for pins in periph_pins.values_mut() {
@@ -1151,15 +1163,7 @@ fn process_core(
             continue;
         }
 
-        let addr = if (chip_name.starts_with("STM32F0")
-            || chip_name.starts_with("STM32L1")
-            || chip_name.starts_with("STM32L0"))
-            && pname == "ADC"
-        {
-            defines.get_peri_addr("ADC1")
-        } else if chip_name.starts_with("STM32H7") && pname == "HRTIM" {
-            defines.get_peri_addr("HRTIM1")
-        } else if let Some(cap) = regex!(r"^FDCANRAM(?P<idx>[0-9]+)$").captures(&pname) {
+        let addr = if let Some(cap) = regex!(r"^FDCANRAM(?P<idx>[0-9]+)$").captures(&pname) {
             defines.get_peri_addr("FDCANRAM").map(|addr| {
                 if chip_name.starts_with("STM32H7") {
                     addr
@@ -1174,17 +1178,10 @@ fn process_core(
             defines.get_peri_addr(&pname)
         };
 
-        let addr = match addr {
-            Some(addr) => addr,
-            None => continue,
-        };
+        let Some(addr) = addr else { continue };
 
         let mut p = stm32_data_serde::chip::core::Peripheral {
-            name: if pname == "SBS" {
-                "SYSCFG".to_string()
-            } else {
-                pname.clone()
-            },
+            name: pname.clone(),
             address: addr,
             registers: None,
             rcc: None,
@@ -1276,68 +1273,65 @@ fn process_core(
     let mut peripherals: Vec<_> = peripherals.into_values().collect();
     peripherals.sort_by_key(|x| x.name.clone());
     // Collect DMA versions in the chip
-    let mut chip_dmas: Vec<_> = group
+    let mut dmas: Vec<_> = group
         .ips
         .values()
         .filter_map(|ip| {
             let version = &ip.version;
-            let sort = match ip.name.as_str() {
-                "DMA" => 1,
-                "BDMA" => 2,
-                "BDMA1" => 3,
-                "BDMA2" => 4,
-                "GPDMA" => 5,
-                _ => 0,
-            };
-            if sort > 0 && dma_channels.0.contains_key(version) {
-                Some((sort, version.clone()))
+            let instance = &ip.instance_name;
+            if let Some(dma) = dma_channels
+                .0
+                .get(version)
+                .or_else(|| dma_channels.0.get(&format!("{version}:{instance}")))
+            {
+                Some((ip.name.clone(), instance.clone(), dma))
             } else {
                 None
             }
         })
         .collect();
-    chip_dmas.sort();
-    chip_dmas.dedup();
-    let chip_dmas: Vec<_> = chip_dmas.into_iter().map(|(_sort, version)| version).collect();
-    // Process DMA channels
-    let chs = chip_dmas
-        .iter()
-        .flat_map(|dma| dma_channels.0.get(dma).unwrap().channels.clone());
+    dmas.sort_by_key(|(name, instance, _)| {
+        (
+            match name.as_str() {
+                "DMA" => 1,
+                "BDMA" => 2,
+                "BDMA1" => 3,
+                "BDMA2" => 4,
+                "GPDMA" => 5,
+                "HPDMA" => 6,
+                _ => 0,
+            },
+            instance.clone(),
+        )
+    });
+
     // The dma_channels[xx] is generic for multiple chips. The current chip may have less DMAs,
     // so we have to filter it.
-    let chs: Vec<_> = chs.filter(|ch| have_peris.contains(&ch.dma)).collect();
-    let core_dma_channels = chs.clone();
-    let have_chs: HashSet<_> = chs.into_iter().collect();
+    let dma_channels = dmas
+        .iter()
+        .flat_map(|(_, _, dma)| dma.channels.clone())
+        .filter(|ch| have_peris.contains(&ch.dma))
+        .collect::<Vec<_>>();
+    let have_chs: HashSet<_> = dma_channels.iter().map(|ch| ch.name.clone()).collect();
+
     // Process peripheral - DMA channel associations
     for p in &mut peripherals {
         let mut chs = Vec::new();
-        for dma in &chip_dmas {
-            let mut peri_chs = dma_channels.0.get(dma).unwrap().peripherals.get(&p.name);
-
-            // DAC1 is sometimes interchanged with DAC
-            if peri_chs.is_none() && p.name == "DAC1" {
-                peri_chs = dma_channels.0.get(dma).unwrap().peripherals.get("DAC");
-            }
-
-            if let Some(peri_chs) = peri_chs {
+        for (_, _, dma) in &dmas {
+            if let Some(peri_chs) = dma.peripherals.get(&p.name) {
                 chs.extend(
                     peri_chs
                         .iter()
-                        .filter(|ch| {
-                            if let Some(ch_channel) = &ch.channel {
-                                have_chs.iter().any(|x| &x.name == ch_channel)
-                            } else {
-                                true
-                            }
+                        .filter(|ch| match &ch.channel {
+                            None => true,
+                            Some(channel) => have_chs.contains(channel),
                         })
                         .cloned(),
                 );
             }
         }
-        if !chs.is_empty() {
-            chs.sort_by_key(|ch| (ch.channel.clone(), ch.dmamux.clone(), ch.request));
-            p.dma_channels = chs;
-        }
+        chs.sort_by_key(|ch| (ch.channel.clone(), ch.dmamux.clone(), ch.request));
+        p.dma_channels = chs;
     }
 
     let mut core = stm32_data_serde::chip::Core {
@@ -1345,7 +1339,7 @@ fn process_core(
         peripherals,
         nvic_priority_bits: None,
         interrupts: vec![],
-        dma_channels: core_dma_channels,
+        dma_channels,
     };
 
     chip_interrupts.process(&mut core, chip_name, h, group);

stm32-data-gen/src/dma.rs

@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@ use std::collections::HashMap;
 
 use anyhow::Context;
 
+use crate::normalize_peris::normalize_peri_name;
+
 mod xml {
     use serde::Deserialize;
 
@@ -150,7 +152,7 @@ impl DmaChannels {
                                 };
                                 chip_dma
                                     .peripherals
-                                    .entry(target_peri_name.to_string())
+                                    .entry(normalize_peri_name(target_peri_name).to_string())
                                     .or_default()
                                     .push(stm32_data_serde::chip::core::peripheral::DmaChannel {
                                         signal: request.to_string(),
@@ -270,7 +272,7 @@ impl DmaChannels {
                                     };
                                     chip_dma
                                         .peripherals
-                                        .entry(target_peri_name.to_string())
+                                        .entry(normalize_peri_name(target_peri_name).to_string())
                                         .or_default()
                                         .push(entry);
                                 }
@@ -294,11 +296,14 @@ impl DmaChannels {
 
         // GPDMA
 
-        for (file, gpdmax, instance, count, count_2d) in [
+        for (file, instance, version, count, count_2d) in [
             ("H5_GPDMA.yaml", "GPDMA1", "STM32H5_dma3_Cube", 8, 2),
             ("H5_GPDMA.yaml", "GPDMA2", "Instance2_STM32H5_dma3_Cube", 8, 2),
             ("U5_GPDMA1.yaml", "GPDMA1", "STM32U5_dma3_Cube", 16, 4),
+            ("U5_LPDMA.yaml", "LPDMA1", "STM32U5_dma3_Cube", 4, 0),
             ("WBA_GPDMA1.yaml", "GPDMA1", "STM32WBA_dma3_Cube", 8, 0),
+            ("H7RS_GPDMA.yaml", "GPDMA1", "STM32H7RS_dma3_Cube", 16, 4),
+            ("H7RS_HPDMA.yaml", "HPDMA1", "STM32H7RS_dma3_Cube", 16, 4),
         ] {
             let mut chip_dma = ChipDma {
                 peripherals: HashMap::new(),
@@ -320,11 +325,11 @@ impl DmaChannels {
                 };
                 chip_dma
                     .peripherals
-                    .entry(target_peri_name.to_string())
+                    .entry(normalize_peri_name(target_peri_name).to_string())
                     .or_default()
                     .push(stm32_data_serde::chip::core::peripheral::DmaChannel {
                         signal: request.to_string(),
-                        dma: Some(gpdmax.to_string()),
+                        dma: Some(instance.to_string()),
                         channel: None,
                         dmamux: None,
                         request: Some(request_num),
@@ -333,8 +338,8 @@ impl DmaChannels {
 
             for i in 0..count {
                 chip_dma.channels.push(stm32_data_serde::chip::core::DmaChannels {
-                    name: format!("{gpdmax}_CH{i}"),
-                    dma: gpdmax.to_string(),
+                    name: format!("{instance}_CH{i}"),
+                    dma: instance.to_string(),
                     channel: i,
                     dmamux: None,
                     dmamux_channel: None,
@@ -342,7 +347,7 @@ impl DmaChannels {
                 });
             }
 
-            dma_channels.insert(instance.to_string(), chip_dma);
+            dma_channels.insert(format!("{version}:{instance}"), chip_dma);
         }
 
         Ok(Self(dma_channels))

stm32-data-gen/src/gpio_af.rs

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 use std::collections::HashMap;
 
+use crate::normalize_peris::normalize_peri_name;
 use crate::regex;
 
 mod xml {
@@ -102,7 +103,7 @@ impl Af {
     }
 }
 
-fn parse_signal_name(signal_name: &str) -> Option<(&str, &str)> {
+pub fn parse_signal_name(signal_name: &str) -> Option<(&str, &str)> {
     let (peri_name, signal_name) = {
         if let Some(signal_name) = signal_name.strip_prefix("USB_OTG_FS_") {
             ("USB_OTG_FS", signal_name)
@@ -121,6 +122,6 @@ fn parse_signal_name(signal_name: &str) -> Option<(&str, &str)> {
 
         Some((peri_name, signal_name.strip_suffix("OUT").unwrap_or(signal_name)))
     } else {
-        Some((peri_name, signal_name))
+        Some((normalize_peri_name(peri_name), signal_name))
     }
 }

stm32-data-gen/src/header.rs

@@ -175,11 +175,14 @@ impl Defines {
                 &["OCTOSPI2_R_BASE", "OCTOSPI2_R_BASE_NS", "OCTOSPI2_REG_BASE"],
             ),
             ("FLASH", &["FLASH_R_BASE", "FLASH_REG_BASE"]),
+            ("DAC", &["DAC1_BASE", "DAC_BASE"]),
+            ("DAC1", &["DAC1_BASE", "DAC_BASE"]),
+            ("ADC", &["ADC1_BASE", "ADC_BASE"]),
+            ("ADC1", &["ADC1_BASE", "ADC_BASE"]),
             (
-                "ADC_COMMON",
-                &["ADC_COMMON", "ADC1_COMMON", "ADC12_COMMON", "ADC123_COMMON"],
+                "ADC1_COMMON",
+                &["ADC1_COMMON_BASE", "ADC_COMMON_BASE", "ADC1_COMMON", "ADC_COMMON"],
             ),
-            ("ADC3_COMMON", &["ADC3_COMMON", "ADC4_COMMON", "ADC34_COMMON"]),
             ("CAN", &["CAN_BASE", "CAN1_BASE"]),
             ("FMC", &["FMC_BASE", "FMC_R_BASE"]),
             ("FSMC", &["FSMC_R_BASE"]),
@@ -190,6 +193,8 @@ impl Defines {
             ),
             ("FDCANRAM", &["SRAMCAN_BASE", "SRAMCAN_BASE_NS"]),
             ("VREFINTCAL", &["VREFINT_CAL_ADDR_CMSIS"]),
+            ("DSIHOST", &["DSI_BASE"]),
+            ("SYSCFG", &["SYSCFG_BASE", "SBS_BASE"]),
         ];
         let alt_peri_defines: HashMap<_, _> = ALT_PERI_DEFINES.iter().copied().collect();
 

stm32-data-gen/src/interrupts.rs

@@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ use std::collections::{HashMap, HashSet};
 use log::*;
 
 use crate::chips::ChipGroup;
+use crate::normalize_peris::normalize_peri_name;
 use crate::regex;
+use crate::util::RegexMap;
 
 mod xml {
     use serde::Deserialize;
@@ -103,12 +105,17 @@ impl ChipInterrupts {
         core.interrupts.sort_unstable_by_key(|x| x.number);
 
         // =================== Populate peripheral interrupts
-        let want_nvic_name = pick_nvic(chip_name, &core.name);
+        let core_name = &core.name;
+        let want_nvic_name = pick_nvic(chip_name, core_name);
         let chip_nvic = group
             .ips
             .values()
             .find(|x| x.name == want_nvic_name)
-            .ok_or_else(|| format!("couldn't find nvic. chip_name={chip_name} want_nvic_name={want_nvic_name}"))
+            .ok_or_else(|| {
+                format!(
+                    "couldn't find nvic. chip_name={chip_name} core_name={core_name} want_nvic_name={want_nvic_name}"
+                )
+            })
             .unwrap();
         let nvic_strings = self
             .irqs
@@ -262,6 +269,8 @@ impl ChipInterrupts {
                 let peri_names: Vec<_> = parts[2]
                     .split(',')
                     .map(|x| if x == "USB_DRD_FS" { "USB" } else { x })
+                    .map(|x| if x == "XPI1" { "XSPI1" } else { x })
+                    .map(|x| if x == "XPI2" { "XSPI2" } else { x })
                     .map(ToString::to_string)
                     .collect();
 
@@ -342,6 +351,7 @@ impl ChipInterrupts {
             }
 
             for (p, s) in interrupt_signals {
+                let p = normalize_peri_name(&p).to_string();
                 let signals = chip_signals.entry(p).or_default();
                 let irqs = signals.entry(s).or_default();
                 irqs.insert(header_name.clone());
@@ -463,7 +473,7 @@ fn valid_signals(peri: &str) -> Vec<String> {
         ("CAN", &["TX", "RX0", "RX1", "SCE"]),
         ("FDCAN", &["IT0", "IT1", "CAL"]),
         ("I2C", &["ER", "EV"]),
-        ("I3C", &["ER", "EV"]),
+        ("I3C", &["ER", "EV", "WKUP"]),
         ("FMPI2C", &["ER", "EV"]),
         ("TIM", &["BRK", "UP", "TRG", "COM", "CC"]),
         // ("HRTIM", &["Master", "TIMA", "TIMB", "TIMC", "TIMD", "TIME", "TIMF"]),
@@ -491,6 +501,8 @@ fn valid_signals(peri: &str) -> Vec<String> {
         ("USB_OTG_HS", &["GLOBAL", "EP1_OUT", "EP1_IN", "WKUP"]),
         ("USB", &["LP", "HP", "WKUP"]),
         ("GPU2D", &["ER"]),
+        ("SAI", &["A", "B"]),
+        ("ADF", &["FLT0"]),
     ];
 
     for (prefix, signals) in IRQ_SIGNALS_MAP {
@@ -501,33 +513,20 @@ fn valid_signals(peri: &str) -> Vec<String> {
     vec!["GLOBAL".to_string()]
 }
 
-fn pick_nvic(chip_name: &str, core_name: &str) -> String {
-    // Most chips have a single NVIC, named "NVIC"
-    let mut res = "NVIC";
-
+static PICK_NVIC: RegexMap<&str> = RegexMap::new(&[
     // Exception 1: Multicore: NVIC1 is the first core, NVIC2 is the second. We have to pick the right one.
-    if ["H745", "H747", "H755", "H757", "WL54", "WL55"].contains(&&chip_name[5..9]) {
-        if core_name == "cm7" {
-            res = "NVIC1";
-        } else {
-            res = "NVIC2"
-        }
-    }
-    if &chip_name[5..8] == "WL5" {
-        if core_name == "cm4" {
-            res = "NVIC1";
-        } else {
-            res = "NVIC2"
-        }
-    }
-
+    ("STM32H7(45|47|55|57).*:cm7", "NVIC1"),
+    ("STM32H7(45|47|55|57).*:cm4", "NVIC2"),
+    ("STM32WL5.*:cm4", "NVIC1"),
+    ("STM32WL5.*:cm0p", "NVIC2"),
     // Exception 2: TrustZone: NVIC1 is Secure mode, NVIC2 is NonSecure mode. For now, we pick the NonSecure one.
-    if ["L5", "U5"].contains(&&chip_name[5..7]) {
-        res = "NVIC2"
-    }
-    if ["H56", "H57", "WBA"].contains(&&chip_name[5..8]) {
-        res = "NVIC2"
-    }
+    ("STM32(L5|U5|H5[2367]|WBA5[245]).*", "NVIC2"),
+    // Exception 3: NVICs are split for "bootloader" and "application", not sure what that means?
+    ("STM32H7[RS].*", "NVIC2"),
+    // catch-all: Most chips have a single NVIC, named "NVIC"
+    (".*", "NVIC"),
+]);
 
-    res.to_string()
+fn pick_nvic(chip_name: &str, core_name: &str) -> String {
+    PICK_NVIC.must_get(&format!("{chip_name}:{core_name}")).to_string()
 }

stm32-data-gen/src/main.rs

@@ -5,8 +5,10 @@ mod gpio_af;
 mod header;
 mod interrupts;
 mod memory;
+mod normalize_peris;
 mod rcc;
 mod registers;
+mod util;
 
 #[macro_export]
 macro_rules! regex {

stm32-data-gen/src/memory.rs

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
-use regex::Regex;
 use stm32_data_serde::chip::memory::{self, Settings};
 use stm32_data_serde::chip::Memory;
 
+use crate::util::RegexMap;
+
 struct Mem {
     name: &'static str,
     address: u32,
@@ -121,7 +122,9 @@ static MEMS: RegexMap<&[Mem]> = RegexMap::new(&[
     ("STM32G0...4",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 16, SRAM 0x20000000 8)),
     ("STM32G0...C",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 256, SRAM 0x20000000 128)),
     ("STM32G0...E",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 256, BANK_2 0x08040000 256, SRAM 0x20000000 128)),
-    ("STM32G0[34]..[68]",            mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 32, SRAM 0x20000000 8)),
+    ("STM32G0[34]..8",               mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 64, SRAM 0x20000000 8)),
+    ("STM32G0(3..6|4.J6)",           mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 32, SRAM 0x20000000 8)),
+    ("STM32G04..6",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 64, SRAM 0x20000000 8)),
     ("STM32G0[56]..6",               mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 32, SRAM 0x20000000 16)),
     ("STM32G0[56]..8",               mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 64, SRAM 0x20000000 16)),
     ("STM32G0[78]..B",               mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 128, SRAM 0x20000000 32)),
@@ -137,10 +140,14 @@ static MEMS: RegexMap<&[Mem]> = RegexMap::new(&[
     ("STM32G47..B",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 128, SRAM 0x20000000 96, SRAM2 0x20014000 0)),
     ("STM32G47..C",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 256, SRAM 0x20000000 96, SRAM2 0x20014000 0)),
     ("STM32G49..C",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 256, SRAM 0x20000000 32, SRAM2 0x20014000 0)),
-    // H5. TODO: check
-    ("STM32H5...B",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 64, BANK_2 0x08010000 64, SRAM 0x20000000 32, SRAM2 0x20004000 0)),
-    ("STM32H5...G",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 1024, SRAM 0x20000000 256, SRAM2 0x20040000 0)),
-    ("STM32H5...I",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 1024, BANK_2 0x08100000 1024, SRAM 0x20000000 256, SRAM2 0x20040000 0)),
+    // H5.
+    ("STM32H5...B",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 64, BANK_2 0x08010000 64, SRAM1 0x20000000 16, SRAM2 0x20004000 16)),
+    ("STM32H5...C",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 128, BANK_2 0x08020000 128, SRAM1 0x20000000 128, SRAM2 0x20020000 80, SRAM3 0x20034000 64)),
+    ("STM32H5...E",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 256, BANK_2 0x08040000 256, SRAM1 0x20000000 128, SRAM2 0x20020000 80, SRAM3 0x20034000 64)),
+    ("STM32H5...G",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 512, BANK_2 0x08080000 512, SRAM1 0x20000000 256, SRAM2 0x20040000 64, SRAM3 0x20050000 320)),
+    ("STM32H5...I",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 1024, BANK_2 0x08100000 1024, SRAM1 0x20000000 256, SRAM2 0x20040000 64, SRAM3 0x20050000 320)),
+    // H7RS
+    ("STM32H7[RS].*",                mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 64, ITCM 0x00000000 192, DTCM 0x20000000 192, SRAM1 0x24000000 128, SRAM2 0x24020000 128, SRAM3 0x24040000 128, SRAM4 0x24060000 72, AHB_SRAM1 0x30000000 16, AHB_SRAM2 0x30004000 16)),
     // H7. TODO: check
     ("STM32H7...E",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 512, SRAM 0x24000000 128)),
     ("STM32H7[23]..G",               mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 1024, SRAM 0x24000000 128)),
@@ -213,6 +220,7 @@ static MEMS: RegexMap<&[Mem]> = RegexMap::new(&[
     ("STM32U5[78]..I",               mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 1024, BANK_2 0x08100000 1024, SRAM 0x20000000 192, SRAM2 0x20030000 64, SRAM3 0x20040000 512)),
     ("STM32U5[9A]..I",               mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 1024, BANK_2 0x08100000 1024, SRAM 0x20000000 768, SRAM2 0x200c0000 64, SRAM3 0x200d0000 832, SRAM5 0x201a0000 832)),
     ("STM32U5[9A]..J",               mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 2048, BANK_2 0x08200000 2048, SRAM 0x20000000 768, SRAM2 0x200c0000 64, SRAM3 0x200d0000 832, SRAM5 0x201a0000 832)),
+    ("STM32U5[FG]..I",               mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 1024, BANK_2 0x08200000 1024, SRAM 0x20000000 768, SRAM2 0x200c0000 64, SRAM3 0x200d0000 832, SRAM5 0x201a0000 832, SRAM6 0x20270000 512)),
     ("STM32U5[FG]..J",               mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 2048, BANK_2 0x08200000 2048, SRAM 0x20000000 768, SRAM2 0x200c0000 64, SRAM3 0x200d0000 832, SRAM5 0x201a0000 832, SRAM6 0x20270000 512)),
     // WB. TODO: check
     ("STM32WB...Y",                  mem!(BANK_1 0x08000000 640, SRAM 0x20000000 192)),
@@ -240,6 +248,7 @@ struct FlashInfo {
 }
 
 #[rustfmt::skip]
+#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
 static FLASH_INFO: RegexMap<FlashInfo> = RegexMap::new(&[
     ("STM32C0.*",               FlashInfo{ erase_value: 0xFF, write_size:  8, erase_size: &[(  2*1024, 0)] }),
     ("STM32F030.C",             FlashInfo{ erase_value: 0xFF, write_size:  4, erase_size: &[(  2*1024, 0)] }),
@@ -257,6 +266,7 @@ static FLASH_INFO: RegexMap<FlashInfo> = RegexMap::new(&[
     ("STM32G4[78].*",           FlashInfo{ erase_value: 0xFF, write_size:  8, erase_size: &[(  4*1024, 0)] }),
     ("STM32G4.*",               FlashInfo{ erase_value: 0xFF, write_size:  8, erase_size: &[(  2*1024, 0)] }),
     ("STM32H5.*",               FlashInfo{ erase_value: 0xFF, write_size: 16, erase_size: &[(  8*1024, 0)] }),
+    ("STM32H7[RS].*",           FlashInfo{ erase_value: 0xFF, write_size: 16, erase_size: &[(  8*1024, 0)] }),
     ("STM32H7[AB].*",           FlashInfo{ erase_value: 0xFF, write_size: 32, erase_size: &[(  8*1024, 0)] }),
     ("STM32H7.*",               FlashInfo{ erase_value: 0xFF, write_size: 32, erase_size: &[(128*1024, 0)] }),
     ("STM32L4[PQRS].*",         FlashInfo{ erase_value: 0xFF, write_size:  8, erase_size: &[(  8*1024, 0)] }),
@@ -274,28 +284,9 @@ static FLASH_INFO: RegexMap<FlashInfo> = RegexMap::new(&[
     ("STM32.*",                 FlashInfo{ erase_value: 0xFF, write_size:  8, erase_size: &[(  2*1024, 0)] }),
 ]);
 
-struct RegexMap<T: 'static> {
-    map: &'static [(&'static str, T)],
-}
-
-impl<T: 'static> RegexMap<T> {
-    const fn new(map: &'static [(&'static str, T)]) -> Self {
-        Self { map }
-    }
-
-    fn get(&self, key: &str) -> Option<&T> {
-        for (k, v) in self.map {
-            if Regex::new(&format!("^{k}$")).unwrap().is_match(key) {
-                return Some(v);
-            }
-        }
-        None
-    }
-}
-
 pub fn get(chip: &str) -> Vec<Memory> {
-    let mems = *MEMS.get(chip).unwrap();
-    let flash = FLASH_INFO.get(chip).unwrap();
+    let mems = *MEMS.must_get(chip);
+    let flash = FLASH_INFO.must_get(chip);
 
     let mut res = Vec::new();
 
@@ -324,6 +315,7 @@ pub fn get(chip: &str) -> Vec<Memory> {
                     if i != flash.erase_size.len() - 1 {
                         size = size.min(erase_size * count);
                     }
+                    #[allow(clippy::redundant_field_names)]
                     res.push(Memory {
                         name: format!("{}_REGION_{}", mem.name, i + 1),
                         address: mem.address + offs,

stm32-data-gen/src/normalize_peris.rs

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#[rustfmt::skip]
+static NORMALIZE: &[(&str, &str)] = &[
+    ("ADC", "ADC1"),
+    ("DAC", "DAC1"),
+    ("HRTIM", "HRTIM1"),
+    ("HDMI_CEC", "CEC"),
+    ("SUBGHZ", "SUBGHZSPI"),
+    ("USB_DRD_FS", "USB"),
+    ("SBS", "SYSCFG"),
+];
+
+pub fn normalize_peri_name(name: &str) -> &str {
+    if let Some((_, res)) = NORMALIZE.iter().find(|(n, _)| *n == name) {
+        return res;
+    }
+    return name;
+}

stm32-data-gen/src/rcc.rs

@@ -85,13 +85,19 @@ impl ParsedRccs {
             "PLL1_P_MUL_2",
             "PLL1_Q",
             "PLL1_R",
+            "PLL1_S",
+            "PLL1_T",
             "PLL1_VCO", // used for L0 USB
             "PLL2_P",
             "PLL2_Q",
             "PLL2_R",
+            "PLL2_S",
+            "PLL2_T",
             "PLL3_P",
             "PLL3_Q",
             "PLL3_R",
+            "PLL3_S",
+            "PLL3_T",
             "HSI",
             "SHSI",
             "HSI48",
@@ -106,10 +112,10 @@ impl ParsedRccs {
             "AUDIOCLK",
             "PER",
             "CLK48",
+            "DSI_PHY",
             // TODO: variants to cleanup
             "AFIF",
             "HSI_HSE",
-            "DSI_PHY",
             "HSI_Div488",
             "SAI1_EXTCLK",
             "SAI2_EXTCLK",
@@ -120,7 +126,6 @@ impl ParsedRccs {
             "DAC_HOLD_2",
             "RTCCLK",
             "RTC_WKUP",
-            "DSIPHY",
             "ICLK",
             "DCLK",
             "I2S1",
@@ -131,6 +136,10 @@ impl ParsedRccs {
             "HSI256_MSIS1024_MSIK4",
             "HSI256_MSIK1024_MSIS4",
             "HSI256_MSIK1024_MSIK4",
+            "SPDIFRX_SYMB",
+            "ETH_RMII_REF",
+            "ETH",
+            "CLK48MOHCI",
         ]);
 
         let mux_regexes = &[
@@ -138,13 +147,19 @@ impl ParsedRccs {
             regex!(r"^CCIPR\d?/(.+)SEL$"),
             regex!(r"^D\dCCIP\d?R/(.+)SEL$"),
             regex!(r"^CFGR\d/(.+)SW$"),
+            regex!(r"^.+PERCKSELR/(.+)SEL$"),
         ];
+        let mux_nopelist = &[regex!(r"^.+PERCKSELR/USBREFCKSEL$")];
 
         let mut mux = HashMap::new();
         for (reg, body) in &ir.fieldsets {
             for field in &body.fields {
                 let key = format!("{}/{}", reg, field.name);
                 if let Some(capture) = mux_regexes.iter().find_map(|r| r.captures(&key)) {
+                    if mux_nopelist.iter().any(|r| r.is_match(&key)) {
+                        continue;
+                    }
+
                     let peri = capture.get(1).unwrap().as_str();
 
                     // TODO: these bits are duplicated on F4, we need to split the F4 RCCs more.
@@ -264,6 +279,7 @@ impl ParsedRccs {
             ("DAC", &["DAC1", "ADCDAC"]),
             ("DAC1", &["DAC12", "ADCDAC"]),
             ("DAC2", &["DAC12", "ADCDAC"]),
+            ("DSIHOST", &["DSI"]),
             ("ETH", &["ETHMAC", "ETH1MAC"]),
             ("SPI1", &["SPI12", "SPI123"]),
             ("SPI2", &["SPI12", "SPI123"]),
@@ -283,7 +299,7 @@ impl ParsedRccs {
             ("USART6", &["USART16910"]),
             ("USART10", &["USART16910"]),
             ("UART9", &["USART16910"]),
-            ("I2C1", &["I2C1235"]),
+            ("I2C1", &["I2C1235", "I2C1_I3C1"]),
             ("I2C2", &["I2C1235"]),
             ("I2C3", &["I2C1235"]),
             ("I2C5", &["I2C1235"]),
@@ -331,6 +347,8 @@ impl ParsedRccs {
                         maybe_kernel_clock = "PLL1_Q".to_string();
                     } else if rcc_version.starts_with("l1") {
                         maybe_kernel_clock = "PLL1_VCO_DIV_2".to_string();
+                    } else if rcc_version.starts_with("h7rs") {
+                        maybe_kernel_clock = "USB".to_string();
                     } else {
                         panic!("rcc_{}: peripheral {} missing mux", rcc_version, peri_name)
                     }

stm32-data-gen/src/util.rs

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+use regex::Regex;
+
+pub struct RegexMap<T: 'static> {
+    map: &'static [(&'static str, T)],
+}
+
+impl<T: 'static> RegexMap<T> {
+    pub const fn new(map: &'static [(&'static str, T)]) -> Self {
+        Self { map }
+    }
+
+    pub fn get(&self, key: &str) -> Option<&T> {
+        for (k, v) in self.map {
+            if Regex::new(&format!("^{k}$")).unwrap().is_match(key) {
+                return Some(v);
+            }
+        }
+        None
+    }
+
+    #[track_caller]
+    pub fn must_get(&self, key: &str) -> &T {
+        let Some(res) = self.get(key) else {
+            panic!("no regexmap for key '{key}'")
+        };
+        res
+    }
+}

stm32-metapac-gen/src/lib.rs

@@ -415,48 +415,55 @@ fn gen_opts() -> generate::Options {
 fn gen_memory_x(out_dir: &Path, chip: &Chip) {
     let mut memory_x = String::new();
 
-    let flash = chip
-        .memory
-        .iter()
-        .filter(|r| r.kind == MemoryRegionKind::Flash && r.name.starts_with("BANK_"));
-    let (flash_address, flash_size) = flash
-        .clone()
-        .map(|r| (r.address, r.size))
-        .reduce(|acc, el| (u32::min(acc.0, el.0), acc.1 + el.1))
-        .unwrap();
-    let ram = chip.memory.iter().find(|r| r.kind == MemoryRegionKind::Ram).unwrap();
-    let otp = chip
-        .memory
-        .iter()
-        .find(|r| r.kind == MemoryRegionKind::Flash && r.name == "OTP");
+    let flash = get_memory_range(chip, MemoryRegionKind::Flash);
+    let ram = get_memory_range(chip, MemoryRegionKind::Ram);
 
     write!(memory_x, "MEMORY\n{{\n").unwrap();
     writeln!(
         memory_x,
         "    FLASH : ORIGIN = 0x{:08x}, LENGTH = {:>4}K /* {} */",
-        flash_address,
-        flash_size / 1024,
-        flash.map(|x| x.name.as_ref()).collect::<Vec<&str>>().join(" + ")
+        flash.0,
+        flash.1 / 1024,
+        flash.2
     )
     .unwrap();
     writeln!(
         memory_x,
-        "    RAM   : ORIGIN = 0x{:08x}, LENGTH = {:>4}K",
-        ram.address,
-        ram.size / 1024,
+        "    RAM   : ORIGIN = 0x{:08x}, LENGTH = {:>4}K /* {} */",
+        ram.0,
+        ram.1 / 1024,
+        ram.2
     )
     .unwrap();
-    if let Some(otp) = otp {
-        writeln!(
-            memory_x,
-            "    OTP   : ORIGIN = 0x{:08x}, LENGTH = {:>4}",
-            otp.address, otp.size,
-        )
-        .unwrap();
-    }
     write!(memory_x, "}}").unwrap();
 
     fs::create_dir_all(out_dir.join("memory_x")).unwrap();
     let mut file = File::create(out_dir.join("memory_x").join("memory.x")).unwrap();
     file.write_all(memory_x.as_bytes()).unwrap();
 }
+
+fn get_memory_range(chip: &Chip, kind: MemoryRegionKind) -> (u32, u32, String) {
+    let mut mems: Vec<_> = chip.memory.iter().filter(|m| m.kind == kind && m.size != 0).collect();
+    mems.sort_by_key(|m| m.address);
+
+    let mut start = u32::MAX;
+    let mut end = u32::MAX;
+    let mut names = Vec::new();
+    let mut best: Option<(u32, u32, String)> = None;
+    for m in mems {
+        if m.address != end {
+            names = Vec::new();
+            start = m.address;
+            end = m.address;
+        }
+
+        end += m.size;
+        names.push(m.name.to_string());
+
+        if best.is_none() || end - start > best.as_ref().unwrap().1 {
+            best = Some((start, end - start, names.join(" + ")));
+        }
+    }
+
+    best.unwrap()
+}

transforms/LPTIM_v2a.yaml

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-transforms:
-
-  - !Rename
-    from: ^LPTIM1$
-    to: LPTIM
-
-  - !DeleteFieldsets
-    from: OR